Inland Waterways-Order

Original Language Title: Binnenschifffahrtsstraßen-Ordnung

Subscribe to a Global-Regulation Premium Membership Today!

Key Benefits:

Subscribe Now for only USD$20 per month, or Get a Day Pass for only USD$4.99.

inland waterway order (BinSchStrO)

unofficial table of contents

binschStrO

date of delivery: 16.12.2011

full quote:

" inland waterways order of 16. December 2011 (BGBl. 2, 1666), as set out in Article 1 of the Regulation of 13 June 2000. February 2015 (BGBl. I p. 142) has been amended "

:Last modified by Art. 2 § 9 V v. 20.12.2012 I 2802
Note:Amendment by Art. 2 § 4 V v. 30.5.2014 I 610 (No 23) in a textual, documentary yet non-exhaustive manner
Change by Art. 1 V v. 13.2.2015 I 142 (No 6) in a textual, documentary yet non-exhaustive way

For more information, see the Notes
menu in the menu. Obligations laid down in Directive 98 /34/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 June 2001 on the The European Parliament and of the Council of 19 June 1998 laying down a procedure for the provision of information in the field of technical standards and regulations and of the rules on information society services (OJ C 37), as last amended by Directive 2006 /96/EC (OJ L 327, 21.12.2006, p. 81), have been complied with.

footnote

(+ + + text-proof from: 1.2.2012 + + +)
(+ + + Official note of the norm-provider on EC law:
compliance with the
EGRL 34/98 (CELEX Nr: 31998L0034) + + +)

(+ + + text of the introduction regulation, see: BinSchStrEV 2012 + + +)
unofficial table of contents

table of contents

Top"
First Part
Common rules for all
Inland Waterways
Chapter 1
General Provisions
§ §
1.01Definitions
1.02Ship Guide
1.03Crew and other person on board obligations
1.04 General due diligence
1.05Behavior in special circumstances
1.06Use of waterway
1.07loading and loading requirements Maximum number of passengers
1.08Construction, equipment and crew of the vehicles
1.09Occupation of the rudder
1.10Co-running certificates and other Documents
1.11Inland Waterways order
1.12Endangerment of items on board; loss of objects; shipping notices
1.13 Protection of shipping signs
1.14Damage of waterway or assets
1.15Prohibition of the introduction of objects and other substances into the waterway
1.16 Rescue and Help
1.17Fixed or sunken vehicles; display of Accidents
1.18Free running water
1.19 Special Instructions
1.20Monitoring
1.21special transports
1.22temporary dispositions
1.23special events permit
1.24 Special arrangements for vehicles in the public service and for water rescue vehicles
1.25Load, delete and Lighters
1.26Driving speed
1.27 Associations
Chapter 2
Vehicles license plate and low-level indicator;
ship calibration
2.01Vehicle registration number, excluding small vehicles and seagoing ships
2.02Small car license plates
2.03 Confession
2.04Sink Marks and Depth Gauge
2.05Anchor flag
2.06 Behavioral
Chapter 3
Vehicles Label
Section I. General
3.01Definitions and Applications
3.02Lights and lights Signal lights
3.03Flags, panels, and whimple
3.04 Cylinders, Balls and cones
3.05Forbidden Lights or exceptionally approved lights and Visible signs
3.06(without content)
3.07 Forbidden Use of Lights, Headlights, Viewpoints and Other Objects
 
Section II. Night and Tag Name
Title A. Label during the ride
3.08Designing single-moving vehicles with machine drive
3.09Label of towing dressings in voyage
3.10Label of the Thrust Confederations in motion
3.11designation of coupled vehicles in ride
3.12Label of vehicles under sail in drive
3.13Label of the vehicles Small vehicles in travel
3.14Additional designation of vehicles in the carriage of certain dangerous goods by road
3.15The name of the vehicles that are registered for the carriage of more than 12 passengers and whose hull is a maximum length of less than 20.00 m
3.16designation of the ferries in journey
3.17Additional designation of the vehicles in the drive that have priority
3.18 Additional designation of maneuverable vehicles in travel
3.19Designation of floating bodies and floating systems in Travel
Quiesce Title Name
3.20Vehicle name designation
3.21 Additional designation of stationary vehicles when transporting certain dangerous goods
3.22Designation of ferries, which are still lying at their point of application
3.23Designation of floating bodies and floating installations while still lying down
3.24Designation of certain abandoned fishing vessels and the networks or outriggers
3.25Designation of floating devices at work, as well as fixed or sunken vehicles
3.26 Additional designation of the vehicles, floating bodies and floating installations, the anchors of which may endanger the shipping, and their anchors
Section III. Other name
3.27Name of the surveillance authorities ' vehicles
3.28Additional Description of vehicles travelling on the waterway
3.28adesignation and driving rules for multipurpose vehicles of the Bundeswehr
3.29Protection against Sog and Wave Strip
3.30 Not_Character
3.31Note on the Prohibition to enter the vehicle
3.32Note the ban to smoke, use unprotected light or fire
3.33 Note that the standstill is not next to each other
 
Section IV. Duties
3.34 Behavioral
Chapter 4
Sound signs of vehicles;
speech radio, navigation devices
Section I. Sound signs
 
4.01General
4.02sonic character use
4.03 Forbidden Sound characters
4.04Not_Character
Section II. Voice radio
4.05speech radio
 
Section III. Navigation Devices
4.06Radar
4.07Inland AIS Devices
Chapter 5
Shipping signs and
waterway name
5.01shipping sign
5.02Waterway name
 
Chapter 6
Driving Rules
Section I. General
6.01(without content)
6.02Mutual behavior of small vehicles and other vehicles
6.02a Special driving rules for small cars with each other
 
Section II. Encounter, crosses
and overtake
6.03General Principles
6.03aCrosseg
6.04General terms for the encounter
6.05 Exceptions to the common rules for the encounter
6.06(without content)
6.07Encounter in tight driveway
6.08By shipping sign prohibitions
6.09General rules for overtaking
6.10Behavior and drawing of vehicles when overtaking
6.11 Shipping signs overtaking
Section III. More rules for the ride
6.12Trip with pre-written course
6.13Turn
6.14departure behavior
6.15 Prohibition of entering into the distances between parts of an entrainment band
6.16Cross the waterway; enter in and exit from harbours and side waterways
6.17Drive at the same altitude; Prohibition of approximation to vehicles
6.18Prohibition of the loop class of anchors, trosses, or chains
6.19 Driveway shipping
6.20avoidance of waving
6.21Compilation of associations
6.22Locking of shipping and locked water surfaces
6.22aPre-travel on floating devices at work, as well as fixed or sunken Vehicles
Section IV. Ferries
6.23 Behavior of Ferries
Section V. Passing through bridges,
Wehren and locks
6.24General rules for passing bridges and weirs
6.25passing under fixed bridges
6.26Moving moving Bridges
6.27Directions through the weirs
6.28 Dig through locks
6.28aLock entry and exit
6.29lock order
6.29aPassing the Ship Sheetches
Section VI. Unsafe weather;
use of radar
6.30General rules for driving in unsafe weather
6.31Downtime Vehicles
6.32Vehicles moving with radar
6.33 Not equipped with radar vehicles
6.34Differing rules for driving in unsafe weather
Section VII. Duties
6.35 Behavioral
Chapter 7
Downtime rules,
the anchorage, and the celebration
7.01General principles for the Quiesce
7.02Lounging
7.03 Ankers and use of piles
7.04Commit
7.05Loungers
7.06Special recumbings
7.07Minimum distances for the transport of certain dangerous goods while still lying
7.08 Wache and oversight
7.09Behavioral
 
Chapter 8
Additional provisions
8.01Vehicles maximum dimensions
8.02Sex and drag Thrust Confederations
8.03Draw associations that carry other vehicles as a slipline
8.04Drawers associations that carry carrier ship more easily
8.05Propagation of Sliders outside of a drawers 'assembly
8.06Drawers' couplings
8.07Speech connection to associations
8.08The walkability of the Thrust federations
8.09Lead-away signal
8.10 Bade and swimming ban
8.11Fisheries fishing gear description
8.12Label used when using divers
8.13Prohibition of the Kitesurfing
8.14Behavioral
Chapter 9
Passenger ship drive
9.01 roadmaps
9.02landing places
9.03 Ship traffic at the landing points
9.04Passengers boarding and boarding
9.05Passenger rejection
9.06Security to On board and at the landing sites
9.07Safety on board of vehicles for transport and overnight stays of more than twelve Passengers are allowed
9.08Passenger Barks
Second Part
Additional Specifications for
single inland waterway routes
Chapter 10
Neckar
10.01Scope
10.02Dimensions of vehicles and federations, driveway depth
10.03 Compilation of Associations
10.04Driving speed
10.05Bergfahrt
10.06Encounter
10.07overtaking
10.08turn
10.09anchorage
10.10decommissioned
10.11High-water shipping
10.12 Cruise on ice
10.13Night Shipping
10.14 Use of carrier ship creators
10.15Reported duty
10.16height of bridges, other fixed superstructures and overhead lines
10.17 Marking of bridges and weirs
10.18Crossing of bridges, locking mechanisms, weirs, locks and individual bridges Current routes
10.19Using the locks, boat locks and boot-conversion facilities
10.20Sailing
10.21Vehicles Label
10.22Traffic regulations
10.23Regulations to voice radio
10.24Special provisions for small vehicles
10.25Waste water, canals, and single waterways
10.26Protection Channels and Assets
10.27Shipping restrictions on shipping
10.28Use of waterways
10.29Ship leader's behavioral duties, the crew on board, the owner and the exporter
Chapter 11
Main
11.01Scope
11.02 Dimensions of vehicles and federations, driveway depth and width
11.03Compilation of the Associations
11.04Driving speed
11.05 Mountain Drive
11.06Encounter
11.07 Overfetching
11.08Turn
11.09anchorage
11.10Downlying
11.11High-water shipping
11.12shipping at Ice
11.13Night Shipping
11.14 The use of carrier ship creators
11.15Reported duty
11.16Height of bridges, other fixed superstructures and overhead lines
11.17 Marking of bridges and weirs
11.18Crossing of bridges, locking mechanisms, weirs, locks and individual bridges Current paths
11.19Use of the locks, boat locks and boot conversion facilities
11.20Sailing
11.21Vehicles Label
11.22Traffic regulations
11.23Regulations to voice radio
11.24Special provisions for small vehicles
11.25Waste water, canals, and single waterways
11.26Protection Channels and Assets
11.27Shipping restrictions on shipping
11.28Use of waterways
11.29Ship leader's behavioral duties, the crew on board, the owner and the exporter
Chapter 12
Main-Danube Channel
 
12.01Scope
12.02Dimensions of vehicles and federations, driveway depth and depth of loading
12.03 Compilation of Associations
12.04Driving speed
12.05Bergfahrt
12.06Encounter
12.07overtaking
12.08turn
12.09anchorage
12.10Standstill
12.11High-water shipping
12.12 Cruise on ice
12.13Night Shipping
12.14 Use of carrier ship creators
12.15Reported duty
12.16height of bridges, other fixed superstructures and overhead lines
12.17 Marking of bridges and weirs
12.18Crossing of bridges, locking mechanisms, weirs, locks and individual bridges Current paths
12.19Use of the locks, boat locks and boot conversion facilities
12.20Sailing
12.21Vehicles Label
12.22traffic regulations
12.23regulations to voice radio
12.24Special provisions for small vehicles
12.25Deals of waste water, canals, and single waterways
12.26Protection Channels and Assets
12.27Shipping restrictions on shipping
12.28Use of waterways
12.29Ship leader's behavioral duties, the crew on board, the owner and the exporter
Chapter 13
Lahn
13.01Scope
13.02Vehicles and federations, driveway depth
13.03 Compilation of Associations
13.04Driving speed
13.05Bergfahrt
13.06Encounter
13.07overtaking
13.08turn
13.09anchors
13.10decommissioned
13.11High water shipping
13.12 Cruise on ice
13.13Night Shipping
13.14 Use of carrier ship creators
13.15Reported duty
13.16height of bridges, other fixed superstructures and overhead lines
13.17 Marking of bridges and weirs
13.18Crossing of bridges, locking mechanisms, weirs, locks and individual bridges Current routes
13.19Use of the locks, boat locks and boot conversion facilities
13.20Sailing
13.21Vehicles Label
13.22Traffic regulations
13.23Regulations to voice radio
13.24Special provisions for small vehicles
13.25Waste water, canals, and single waterways
13.26Protection Channels and Assets
13.27Shipping restrictions on shipping
13.28Using the waterways
13.29The ship's guide's behavioral duties, the crew on board, the owner and the exporter
Chapter 14
Rhein-Kleve shipping route
14.01Scope
14.02Vehicles and federations dimensions, driveway
14.03 Compilation of Associations
14.04Driving speed
14.05Bergfahrt
14.06Encounter
14.07overtaking
14.08turning
14.09anchorage
14.10Downtime
14.11High-water shipping
14.12 Cruise on ice
14.13Night Shipping
14.14 Use of carrier ship creators
14.15Reported duty
14.16height of bridges, other fixed superstructures and overhead lines
14.17 Marking of bridges and weirs
14.18Crossing of bridges, locking mechanisms, weirs, locks and individual bridges Current routes
14.19Using the locks, boat locks and boating facilities
14.20Sailing
14.21Vehicles Label
14.22Traffic regulations
14.23Regulations to voice radio
14.24Special provisions for small vehicles
14.25Sailing of waste water, canals and single waterways
14.26Protection the channels and assets
14.27shipping traffic restrictions
14.28Using the waterways
14.29The ship's guide's behavioral duties, the crew on board, the owner and the exporter
Chapter 15
Norddeutsche Channels
 
15.01Scope
15.02Vehicles and Associations, Abload Depth
15.03 Compilation of Associations
15.04Driving speed
15.05Bergfahrt
15.06Encounter
15.07overtaking
15.08turn
15.09anchorage
15.10standstill
15.11High-water navigation
15.12 Cruise on ice
15.13Night Shipping
15.14 Use of carrier ship creators
15.15Reported duty
15.16height of bridges, other fixed superstructures and overhead lines
15.17 Marking of bridges and weirs
15.18Crossing of bridges, locking mechanisms, weirs, locks and individual bridges Current routes
15.19Use of the locks, boat locks and boot conversion facilities
15.20Sailing
15.21Vehicles Label
15.22traffic regulations
15.23regulations to voice radio
15.24Special provisions for small vehicles
15.25Waste water, canals, and single waterways
15.26Protection Channels and Assets
15.27Shipping restrictions on shipping
15.28Use of waterways
15.29Ship leader's behavioral duties, the crew on board, the owner and the exporter
15.30The closure of the lock at Artlenburg (Elbe side channel)
Chapter 16
Weser's iet
16.01Scope
16.02dimensions of vehicles and Associations, driveway depth and unloading depth
16.03Compilation of Associations
16.04Driving speed
16.05Bergfahrt
16.06Encounter
16.07Overfetch
16.08Apply
16.09 anchors
16.10Downlying
16.11 Navigation at high tide
16.12Ice cruises
16.13Night Shipping
16.14Use of Carrier Ship Factors
16.15Reported duty
16.16 Height of bridges, other fixed superstructures and overhead lines
16.17Bridges Marking-and Defense Passes
16.18Passing Bridges, Locking Mechanisms, Weirs, Locks, and Individual Power Lines
16.19Use of the locks, boating locks and boat-resets
16.20 Sailing
16.21Vehicles designation
16.22Traffic regulations
16.23Regulations to the Voice Radio
16.24Special provisions for small vehicles
16.25 Beating waste water, canals and single waterways
16.26Channels and channels Assets
16.27Shipping restrictions on shipping
16.28 Use of waterways
16.29The behaviour of the ship's guide, the crew on board, the Owner and Ausrüster
Chapter 17
Elbe
17.01Scope
17.02 Dimensions of vehicles and federations, driveway depth and depth of loading
17.03Compilation of the Associations
17.04Driving speed
17.05 Mountain Drive
17.06Encounter
17.07 Overfetching
17.08Turn
17.09anchorage
17.10Downlying
17.11High-water shipping
17.12Shipping at Ice
17.13Night Shipping
17.14 The use of carrier ship creators
17.15Reported duty
17.16Height of bridges, other fixed superstructures and overhead lines
17.17 Marking of bridges and weirs
17.18Crossing of bridges, locking mechanisms, weirs, locks and individual bridges Current routes
17.19Using the locks, boat locks and boating facilities
17.20Sailing
17.21Vehicles Label
17.22Traffic regulations
17.23Regulations to voice radio
17.24Special provisions for small vehicles
17.25Sailing of waste water, canals and single waterways
17.26Protection Channels and Assets
17.27Shipping restrictions on shipping
17.28Use of waterways
17.29Ship leader's behavioral duties, the crew on board, the owner and the exporter
Chapter 18
Ilmenau
18.01Scope
18.02Vehicles and Associations, Abload Depth
18.03 Compilation of Associations
18.04Driving speed
18.05Bergfahrt
18.06Encounter
18.07overtaking
18.08turn
18.09anchorage
18.10Decommissioned
18.11High-water shipping
18.12 Cruise on ice
18.13Night Shipping
18.14 Use of carrier ship creators
18.15Reported duty
18.16height of bridges, other fixed superstructures and overhead lines
18.17 Marking of bridges and weirs
18.18Crossing of bridges, locking mechanisms, weirs, locks and individual bridges Current routes
18.19Use of the locks, boat locks and boot conversion facilities
18.20Sailing
18.21Vehicles Label
18.22Traffic regulations
18.23Regulations to voice radio
18.24Special provisions for small vehicles
18.25Irrigation of waste water, canals and single waterways
18.26Protection the channels and assets
18.27shipping traffic restrictions
18.28Use of waterways
18.29Ship leader's behavioral duties, the crew on board, the owner and the exporter
Chapter 19
Elbe-Lübeck Channel and Channel Trave
19.01Scope
19.02Vehicles and federations dimensions, unloading depth
19.03 Compilation of Associations
19.04Driving speed
19.05Bergfahrt
19.06Encounter
19.07overtaking
19.08turn
19.09anchorage
19.10decommissioned
19.11High-water shipping
19.12 Cruise on ice
19.13Night Shipping
19.14 Use of carrier ship creators
19.15Reported duty
19.16height of bridges, other fixed superstructures and overhead lines
19.17 Marking of bridges and weirs
19.18Crossing of bridges, locking mechanisms, weirs, locks and individual bridges Current routes
19.19Using the locks, boat locks and boating facilities
19.20Sailing
19.21Vehicles Label
19.22traffic regulations
19.23regulations to voice radio
19.24Special provisions for small vehicles
19.25Waste water, canals, and single waterways
19.26Protection the channels and assets
19.27shipping traffic restrictions
19.28Use of waterways
19.29Ship leader's behavioral duties, the crew on board, the owner and the exporter
Chapter 20
Saar
20.01Scope
20.02 Dimensions of vehicles and federations, driveway depth
20.03Compilation of the Associations
20.04Driving speed
20.05 Mountain Drive
20.06Encounter
20.07 Overfetching
20.08Turn
20.09anchorage
20.10Downlying
20.11High-water shipping
20.12shipping at Ice
20.13Night Shipping
20.14 The use of carrier ship creators
20.15Reported duty
20.16Height of bridges, other fixed superstructures and overhead lines
20.17 Marking of bridges and weirs
20.18Crossing of bridges, locking mechanisms, weirs, locks and individual bridges Current routes
20.19Use of the locks, boat locks and boating facilities
20.20Sailing
20.21Vehicles Label
20.22traffic regulations
20.23regulations to voice radio
20.24Special provisions for small vehicles
20.25Irrigation of waste water, canals and single waterways
20.26Protection the channels and assets
20.27shipping traffic restrictions
20.28Use of waterways
20.29Ship leader's behavioral duties, the crew on board, the owner and the exporter
Chapter 21
Spree-Or-Waterway,
Berliner and Brandenburger Waterways
 
21.01Scope
21.02Vehicles and federations, reloading depth
21.03 Compilation of Associations
21.04Driving speed
21.05Bergfahrt
21.06Encounter
21.07overtaking
21.08turn
21.09anchorage
21.10standstill
21.11High-water shipping
21.12 Cruise on ice
21.13Night Shipping
21.14 Use of carrier ship creators
21.15Reported duty
21.16height of bridges, other fixed superstructures and overhead lines
21.17 Marking of bridges and weirs
21.18Crossing of bridges, locking mechanisms, weirs, locks and individual bridges Current routes
21.19Using the locks, boat locks and boating facilities
21.20Sailing
21.21Vehicles Label
21.22Traffic regulations
21.23Regulations to voice radio
21.24Special provisions for small vehicles
21.25Sailing of waste water, canals and single waterways
21.26Protection Channels and Assets
21.27Shipping restrictions on shipping
21.28Using the waterways
21.29The ship's guide's behavioral duties, the crew on board, the owner and the exporter
Chapter 22
Untere Havel-Waterway and Havelkanal
22.01Scope
22.02Vehicles and federations, driveway depth and depth of loading
22.03 Compilation of Associations
22.04Driving speed
22.05Bergfahrt
22.06Encounter
22.07overtaking
22.08turn
22.09anchorage
22.10Downtime
22.11High-water shipping
22.12 Cruise on ice
22.13Night Shipping
22.14 Use of carrier ship creators
22.15Reported duty
22.16height of bridges, other fixed superstructures and overhead lines
22.17 Marking of bridges and weirs
22.18Crossing of bridges, locking mechanisms, weirs, locks and individual bridges Power lines
22.19Using the locks, boating locks and boating systems
22.20Sailing
22.21Vehicles Label
22.22Traffic regulations
22.23Regulations to voice radio
22.24Special provisions for small vehicles
22.25Sailing of waste water, canals and single waterways
22.26Protection the channels and assets
22.27Shipping restrictions on shipping
22.28Using the waterways
22.29The ship's guide's behavioral duties, the crew on board, the owner and the exporter
Chapter 23
Havel-Or-waterway
 
23.01Scope
23.02Dimensions of vehicles and federations, diving depth, driveway depth, and depth of loading
23.03 Compilation of Associations
23.04Driving speed
23.05Bergfahrt
23.06Encounter
23.07overtaking
23.08turn
23.09anchorage
23.10Downtime
23.11High-water shipping
23.12 Cruise on ice
23.13Night Shipping
23.14 Use of carrier ship creators
23.15Reported duty
23.16height of bridges, other fixed superstructures and overhead lines
23.17 Marking of bridges and weirs
23.18Crossing of bridges, locking mechanisms, weirs, locks and individual bridges Current paths
23.19Using the locks, boat locks and boating facilities
23.20Sailing
23.21Vehicles Label
23.22Traffic regulations
23.23Regulations to voice radio
23.24Special provisions for small vehicles
23.25Sailing of waste water, canals and single waterways
23.26Protection Channels and Assets
23.27Navigation restrictions on shipping
23.28Use of waterways
23.29Ship leader's behavioral duties, the crew on board, the owner and the exporter
Chapter 24
Obere Havel-Wasserstraße,
Müritz-Havel-Wasserstraße und Müritz-Elde-Wasserstraße
24.01 Scope
24.02Vehicles and Associations Dimensions, Diving depth and depth of loading
24.03Compilation of associations
24.04 Driving speed
24.05Bergfahrt
24.06 Encounter
24.07overtaking
24.08Apply
24.09anchors
24.10Downtime
24.11shipping at High Water
24.12Ice Ship
24.13 Night shipping
24.14Use of carrier ship lighters
24.15Reported duty
24.16Bridges, other fixed superstructures, and Free lines
24.17Bridges and Battleways Marking
24.18Passing the bridges, locking mechanisms, weirs, locks and individual power lines
24.19 Use of the locks, boat locks and boating facilities
24.20Sailing
24.21Vehicles name
24.22Regulations on the traffic
24.23speech radio regulations
24.24 Special provisions for small vehicles
24.25Waste water, canals and individual waters Waterways
24.26Channels and Assets Protection
24.27 Traffic limitations of shipping
24.28Using waterways
24.29Ship guide, crew on board, owner, and equipment owner
Chapter 25
Saale and Saale-Leipzig-Channel
25.01Scope
25.02dimensions of vehicles and Associations, driveway depth and unloading depth
25.03Compilation of associations
25.04Driving speed
25.05Bergfahrt
25.06encounter
25.07overtaking
25.08Apply
25.09 Ankers
25.10Downtime
25.11 Navigation at high tide
25.12Ice cruises
25.13Night Shipping
25.14Use of Carrier Ship Factors
25.15Reported duty
25.16 Height of bridges, other fixed superstructures and overhead lines
25.17Bridges Marking and Marking Bridges Defense Passes
25.18Passing Bridges, Lockers, Weirs, Locks, and Single Power Lines
25.19Use of the locks, boat locks and boat-resets
25.20 Sailing
25.21Vehicles designation
25.22Traffic regulations
25.23Regulations to the Voice Radio
25.24Special provisions for small vehicles
25.25 Irrigation of waste water, canals and single waterways
25.26Channels and channels Assets
25.27Shipping restrictions on shipping
25.28 Use of waterways
25.29The behaviour of the ship's guide, the crew on board, the Owner and Ausrüster
Chapter 26
Border Waters Or,
West or Lausitzer Neisse
 
26.01Scope
26.02Dimensions of vehicles and federations, driveway depth and depth of loading
26.03 Compilation of Associations
26.04Driving speed
26.05Bergfahrt
26.06Encounter
26.07overtaking
26.08turn
26.09anchorage
26.10standstill
26.11High-water shipping
26.12 Cruise on ice
26.13Night Shipping
26.14 Use of carrier ship creators
26.15Reported duty
26.16height of bridges, other fixed superstructures and overhead lines
26.17 Marking of bridges and weirs
26.18Crossing of bridges, locking mechanisms, weirs, locks and individual bridges. Current routes
26.19Use of the locks, boat locks and boating facilities
26.20Sailing
26.21Vehicles Label
26.22Traffic regulations
26.23Regulations to voice radio
26.24Special provisions for small vehicles
26.25Deals of waste water, canals and single waterways
26.26Protection Channels and Assets
26.27Shipping restrictions on shipping
26.28Use of waterways
26.29Ship leader's behavioral duties, the crew on board, the owner and the exporter
Chapter 27
Peene
27.01Scope
27.02Dimensions of vehicles and federations, driveway depth
27.03 Compilation of Associations
27.04Driving speed
27.05Bergfahrt
27.06Encounter
27.07overtaking
27.08turn
27.09anchorage
27.10Downlying
27.11High-water shipping
27.12 Cruise on ice
27.13Night Shipping
27.14 Use of carrier ship creators
27.15Reported duty
27.16height of bridges, other fixed superstructures and overhead lines
27.17 Marking of bridges and weirs
27.18Crossing of bridges, locking mechanisms, weirs, locks and individual bridges Current routes
27.19Use of the locks, boat locks and boating facilities
27.20Sailing
27.21Vehicles Label
27.22Traffic regulations
27.23Regulations to voice radio
27.24Special provisions for small vehicles
27.25Irrigation of waste water, canals and single waterways
27.26Protection the channels and assets
27.27Shipping restrictions on shipping
27.28Use of waterways
27.29Ship leader's behavioral duties, the crew on board, the owner and the exporter
Third Part
Environmental Provisions
 
Chapter 28
Water protection and waste disposal
Vehicles
28.01 Treatment of ship debris
28.02General due diligence
28.03Bunkers due diligence
28.04stroke and exterior cleaning of the vehicles
Assets
Asset 1State of the state where the vehicle's home or register is located
Appendix 2 (without content)
Appendix 3Vehicles designation
Attachment 4(without content)
Attachment 5(without content)
Attachment 6Sound signs
Asset 7 Shipping signs
Asset 8Waterway
1)
In several places of this regulation, the words" without content "or" no special regulations " are given as the numbering of the paragraphs and annexes to the European unification of the shipping policy regulations of a resolution of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (Working Group on Inland Navigation Resolution No 24 of the 15. November 1985, as amended in the fourth revised version), the special chapters should contain a single outline structure.

First part
Common rules for all Inland Waterways

Chapter 1
General Provisions

Non-tamous Table of Contents

§ 1.01 Definitions

This Regulation is considered to be:
1.
"Vehicle":

an inland ship, including small vehicle and ferry, as well as floating device and a seagoing ship;
2.
"Vehicle with machine drive":

a vehicle with its own drive engine, with the exception of such a vehicle, the engine of which is only too small changes in location, in particular in a port or at a transhipment point, or in order to increase the capacity of the vehicle in the towing or drawers ' assembly;
3.
"Verband":

a towed dressing, a drawers, or coupled vehicles;
4.
"Trawling":

a collection of one or more vehicles, floating systems or floats belonging to one or more members of the association Vehicles with a machine drive are towed;
5.
"thrust bandage":

a rigid connection of vehicles, at least one of which is in front of or at the Vehicles with a machine drive, which move the dressing and are referred to as "boat" or "moving vehicles", including articulated joints, the couplings of which no more than one place have a controlled kinking.
6.
"Schubleichter":

a vehicle designed to move through sliding or specially equipped for this purpose;
7.
"carrier ship lighter":

a shoe guide that is built for carriage on board a sea ship and for driving on inland waterways;
8.
"coupled vehicles":

a set of longitudinally coupled vehicles, none of which are in front of or on the vehicle with a machine drive that the Move together;
9.
"Joint Association":

a collection of vehicles in a row, at least at one point by means of a joint coupling , regardless of which vehicle is the main driving force;
10.
"floating device":

a floating construction with mechanical Equipment intended to be used on waterways or in ports for work, in particular an excavator, elevator, hoist or crane;
11.
"floating facility":

a floating facility that is usually not intended for locomotion, in particular a swimming facility, dock, landing bridge, or landing Boathouse;
12.
"Swimming Body":

A raft and other items that are individually or in connection with driving fit, unless they are a vehicle or a vehicle. floating facility;
13.
"Ferry":

a vehicle that serves the translation traffic from one bank to the other on the waterway, and from the competent Authority to be treated as a ferry;
14.
"Small vehicle":

a vehicle whose hull, without ruder and bow spriet, has a maximum length of less than 20.00 m including sailing surfboard, amphibious vehicle, air cushion vehicle and hydrofoil, other than
a)
a vehicle registered in accordance with § 6 of the inland waterway examination regulations (roadworthiness certificate), other vehicles, (b)
a vehicle for the carriage of more than 12 passengers, and
b)
a vehicle for the carriage of more than 12 passengers;
c)
a ferry
d)
a sabre as well as
e)
a floating device;
15.
"Vehicle under sail":

a vehicle that is only available at Sail; a vehicle that travels under sail and at the same time uses a prime mover, is considered to be a vehicle with a machine drive;
16.
"Passenger ship":

A vehicle built or set up for the carriage of passengers;
17.
"Day-to-day ship":

a passenger ship with no cabins for accommodation of passengers;
18.
"Passenger Car":

A vehicle registered in accordance with Annex X, Chapter 5 of the inland waterway search order, for the carriage of passengers For pay;
19.
"Zeesboot":

a passenger ship approved in accordance with Annex X, Chapter 8 of the Inland Waterway Search Order;
20.
"Taxiboot":

a passenger ship approved in accordance with Chapter 9 of Annex X of the Inland Waterway Search Order;
21.
"Sports Vehicle":

a vehicle that is used for sports or recreational purposes and is not a passenger ship;
22.
"Vorspann":

a machine-driven vehicle that performs towing support at the top of a vehicle or a federation;
23.
"standstill":

a vehicle, a floating body, or a floating facility, the one that is or is directly or indirectly anchored on the shore or fixed to the shore ;
24.
"moving" or "in driving":

a vehicle, a floating body or a floating installation, the one or the other, neither directly nor indirectly
25.
"anchorage":

to hold a vehicle on the water in position with the help of the vehicle. an object attached to a rope or a chain and which is liable by its weight or shape;
26.
" Length/width of a vehicle, of a vehicle, Association ":

the length or breadth of everything within the meaning of Section 1.01 (56) and 59 of the Inland Waterway Search Order;
27.
" Radar travel ":

a ride in unsatiable weather with radar;
28.
"unsizeable weather":

a state where the view through fog, snowfall, heavy rainfall or other similar reasons;
29.
"night":

the period between sunset and sunrise;
30.
"Tag":

the period between sunrise and sunset;
31.
"white light", " red Light "," green light "," yellow light "and" blue light ":

a light whose color meets the requirements of Table 2 of the standard DIN EN 14744 :2006-01 *) ;
32.
"strong light", "bright light", and "ordinary light":

a light whose strength is Requirements in Table 1 of the DIN EN 14744 :2006-01 standard correspond to*) ;
33.
"Funkellicht":

A light whose number of regular light appearances is the requirement of row 1 of Table 3 of the DIN EN 14744 :2006-01 standard,*) ;
34.
"short sound":

a tone of about one second duration;
35.
"long sound":

a sound of about four seconds duration, with the pause between two consecutive tones being about one second;
36.
"A series of very short notes":

a sequence of at least six tones of about a quarter of a second duration, with the breaks between the successive tones also being about a quarter of a second;
37.
"Fahrwasser":

the part of the waterway that is used by the local traffic after passing through shipping;
38.
"Fahrrinne":

the part of the water in which there are latitudes and depths for the continuous shipping, the preservation of which is possible and Intended to be reasonable;
39.
"right side/left side":

the "right side" or "left side" of the running water/lane, in relation to the direction "descent";
40.
"to mountain" or "mountain ride":

on a river the direction to the source, on a shipping channel the direction that is in the second part of this Regulation for inland waterways as a "mountain ride", as well as the journey from the port entrance to the port;
41.
"to the valley"; or "Descent":

direction "to mountain" or "mountain ride" opposite direction;
42.
"fabric number":

number to identify substances to which No UN number has yet been assigned or which cannot be assigned to a collection name with a UN number, according to ADN in the version in force. This four-digit number starts with the number 9;
43.
"UN number":

Number of four digits as the number to identify substances or objects according to ADN in the version currently in force;
44.
"Asset":

federal
a)
Shipping facility, especially a lock, a lock channel, a weir or a ship's lift,
b)
water engineering, in particular a basic threshold, a bug, a parallel work, a deck, a lead dam or a bridge;
45.
"Milemeter (km-indication)":

when the route is specified, the kilometer end point is the respective kilometre specification and the kilometer-start point is the respective one Miles out;
46.
"Service Minimum Crew":

the crew in accordance with Annex XI of the Inland Waterway Search Order, or in accordance with § § 3.15 to 3.23 of the Appendix 1 to Article 1, second sentence, of the Rhine Navigation Ordinance of the Rhine Navigation Ordinance of 16. December 2011 (BGBl. 1300), in the applicable and applicable version, which is not in the rest period;
47.
"Inland AIS Device":

a device that is installed on a The vehicle is installed and used for the purposes of the "ship tracking and tracing in inland waterway transport (decision 2006-I-21)" of the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine;
48.
"ADN":

to the European Convention on the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Inland Waterways (ADN) of 26. Regulation (BGBl) annexed to the Annex to this Regulation (BGBl). 2007 II p. 1906, 1908-investment band), which was last amended by Article 1 of the Regulation of 17 December 2007. December 2010 (BGBl. 1550), as amended;
49.
"Inland waterway search order":

Regulation on ship safety in the Inland waterway transport of 6. December 2008 (BGBl. 2450), as last amended by Article 38 (2) of the Regulation of 16 June 2000. December 2011 (BGBl. 2), as amended, as amended;
50.
" Regulation on the granting of radar pateners on the federal waterways outside of the Rhine ":

Regulation on the granting of radar patents on the federal waterways outside the Rhine from the 26. June 2000 (BGBl. 1018), which was last amended by Article 14 of the Regulation of 16 December 2008. December 2011 (BGBl. 1300), as amended;
51.
"Internal Schifferpatentverordnung":

Regulation on certificates of competency in the Inland waterway transport of 15. December 1997 (BGBl. 3066), which was last amended by Article 38 (4) of the Regulation of 16 December 2008. December 2011 (BGBl. 2), as amended;
52.
"Regional agreement on inland waterway radio":

Regional Agreement of 6 April 2000 on inland waterway radio (BGBl. 1213, 1213, 1214) as amended;
53.
"Inland Waterways Ordinance":

Regulation on the operation of speech-radio equipment Ultrafast inland waterway transport and the acquisition of the VHF radio station for inland waterway radio from 18. December 2002 (BGBl. 4569; 2003 I p. 130), which was last amended by Article 38 (6) of the Regulation of 16 December 2002. December 2011 (BGBl. 2012 I p. 2), as amended.
*)
The standard is in the case of the Beuth-Verlag GmbH was published and archived at the German Patent and Trademark Office in Munich.
Non-official contents of the table of contents

§ 1.02 Ship Guide

1.
A vehicle and a swimming body may only lead (ship's guide), who is suitable for this purpose. Its suitability shall be deemed to exist if it has a certificate of competency or other permission to drive vehicles for the type of vehicle and the route to be covered, as well as being physically and mentally suitable for the guidance of the vehicle. If a number of persons are on board a vehicle which meets the requirements of the second sentence, the carrier shall be determined in good time.
2.
An association shall only be allowed to: who is suitable for this purpose. If a vehicle with a machine drive is the main driving force, its ship's guide is also the leader of the association. If several vehicles have the main driving force, the leader of the association shall be determined in good time. In the case of a pusher assembly which is moved next to each other by means of two pushing vehicles, the leader of the association of the shipyards of the pushing vehicle is on the starboard side.
3.
In a push assembly, the pushed vehicles do not require their own skipper, but are subject to the guidance of the moving vehicle. If, under coupled vehicles, there is a thrust guide, the driver of the coupled vehicles can simultaneously perform the duties of the driver of the ship ' s ship.
4.
The ship's guide must be on board during the ride, on a floating device, also during operation.
5.
The ship's guide is responsible for compliance with this Regulation, without prejudice to the responsibility of other persons. The leader of an association shall be responsible for compliance with the provisions in force; in this respect, he shall be equal to the ship's guide. In a towed vehicle, the skipper of a towed vehicle must follow the instructions of the operator of the tractor; however, without such instructions, he shall take all the measures necessary to ensure the safe guidance of his vehicle. because of the circumstances. The same applies to the drivers of coupled vehicles, which are not at the same time leaders of the association.
6.
Is for a stillied vehicle or a decommissioned vehicle. If a floating body orders a person as a guard or as a supervisor according to § 7.08, this person shall enter the position of the ship's guide.
7.
The ship's guide shall not be allowed to Fatigue, exposure to alcohol, drugs, drugs or any other reason may be affected. At 0.25 mg/l or more alcohol in the breathing air or at 0.5 promille or more alcohol in the blood or an amount of alcohol in the body leading to such a concentration of breath or blood alcohol, the ship's guide shall be prohibited from carrying out the vehicle
8.
The ship's guide has to make the necessary travel preparations before departure. In particular, he has to inform himself about the conditions and conditions of the waterway, such as water levels, passage heights, which he wants to drive, and to ensure that the vehicle is safe and safe to drive at the beginning of the journey.
9.
The owner and the equipment supplier shall each have to ensure that a vehicle or a floating body is under the guidance of a person suitable for this purpose. and the leader of an association is determined in good time.

Footnote

§ 1.02 No.6 italic print: Should be properly "decommissioned" unofficial Table of Contents

§ 1.03 Obligations of crew and other persons on board

1.
Each A member of the crew shall comply with the instructions of the ship ' s guide, which he or she shall give as part of his/her responsibility. It shall in turn contribute to compliance with this Regulation.
2.
All other persons on board shall comply with the instructions given to them by the ship's guide or in its representation or mission by a member of the crew in the interests of safety and lightness of navigation, and order and safety on board.
3.
Members of the crew and other persons on board who temporarily determine the course and the speed of a vehicle are also responsible for the compliance of the provisions of this Regulation and of the regulations and arrangements adopted pursuant to section 1.22 of a temporary nature.
4.
The members of the the minimum number of persons on board, who shall be temporarily self-employed on the course and speed of the vehicle, shall not be allowed to act on the basis of fatigue, alcohol, medicines, drugs, or any other reason. In the case of 0.25 mg/l or more alcohol in the breathing air or 0.5 promille or more alcohol in the blood or an amount of alcohol in the body leading to such a concentration of breath or blood alcohol, the person referred to in the first sentence shall be prohibited from taking the course and: to determine the speed of the vehicle. The first and second sentences shall also apply to the members of the crew who carry out other activities necessary for the safe participation of the vehicle on the market.
5.
The ship's guide has to ensure that no one determines the course and speed of the vehicle on its own or others, for the safe participation of the vehicle in traffic shall carry out the necessary activities which have 0.25 mg/l or more alcohol in the breathing air or 0.5 promille or more alcohol in the blood or an amount of alcohol in the body leading to such a concentration of breath or blood alcohol.
Non-official table of contents

§ 1.04 General due diligence

In addition to the requirements of this Regulation, each road user has Inland waterways to take all precautionary measures, which are subject to the general duty of care and the exercise of shipping, in particular
1.
Avoiding endangering human life,
2.
damage to other vehicles or floats, the shore, the control structures as well as plants of any kind in the waterway or on their shores to avoid,
3.
to avoid the hindrancing of navigation and
4.
prevent any avoidable degradation of the environment.
unofficial table of contents

§ 1.05 behavior in special circumstances

If danger is imminent, the ship's guide will have to take any action that may affect the circumstances, even if it is obliged to depart from this Regulation. Non-official table of contents

§ 1.06 Use of waterway

1.
Without prejudice to the restrictions applicable to the individual inland waterways, the ship's guide must ensure that the length, width, height, draught and speed of its The vehicle or association shall be adapted to the conditions of the waterway and the facilities in accordance with the rules applicable to the depth of the water and the heights of the bridge. The first sentence shall apply in respect of the speed of the person responsible for the course and speed in accordance with Section 1.03 (3). The owner and the equipment supplier may only arrange or permit the entry into service of a vehicle or association if the length, width, height, draught and speed of its vehicle or association are given to the conditions of the waterway and to the conditions of the waterway and the road. the equipment is adjusted in compliance with the rules applicable to the depth and height of the bridge.
2.
The competent authority may use a vehicle or a vehicle Association which exceeds the dimensions and discharge depths laid down in the additional provisions applicable to the inland waterways of the inland waterways, if this means the condition or the use of the waterways and the rest of the roads. Ship traffic is not subject to a fee. The approval may be limited in time and place.
Non-official table of contents

§ 1.07 Requirements for loading and maximum number of the Passengers

1.
A vehicle must not be lowered to lower than the lower edge of the lowering marks
2.
The load must not endanger the stability of a vehicle and the strength of the hull.
3.
In the case of a vehicle that carries containers, a special check of stability must be carried out in the following cases prior to the journey:
a)
in a vehicle with a width of less than 9.50 m, when the containers are in more than one location loaded,
b)
for a vehicle with a width of 9.50 m to less than 11.00 m, when the containers are loaded in more than two layers and
c)
in a vehicle with a width of 11.00 m or more,
aa)
if the containers are loaded in more than three widths and more than two plies, or
bb)
if the Containers loaded in more than three plies.
4.
A vehicle intended for the carriage of passengers must not be more than the one in its The number of passengers on board.
5.
The ship's guide and the number of passengers according to § 1.03 (3) for the course and speed responsible person shall in each case ensure that a vehicle is not charged lower than to the lower edge of the entry marks and that a vehicle intended for the carriage of passengers shall not be more than the one in its Passengers on board have a registered number of passengers on board. In addition, the ship ' s guide shall ensure that the load does not endanger the stability of the vehicle and the strength of the hull and, in the case of the transport of containers prior to driving, the special verification of the stability shall be carried out in accordance with Item 3.
6.
The owner and the equipment supplier may only arrange or allow the vehicle to be put into service if the vehicle is not lower when a vehicle intended for the carriage of passengers is not more than the number of passengers on board registered in its certificate of travel, the cargo shall be loaded as far as the lower edge of the sunset marks The stability of the vehicle and the strength of the hull shall not be endangered and the special verification of the stability referred to in point 3 shall be carried out during the transport of containers before the journey takes place.
name="BJNR000210012BJNE000900000 " />Non-official table of contents

§ 1.08 Construction, equipment and crew of vehicles

1.
A vehicle must be built and equipped in such a way as to ensure the safety of the persons on board and shipping, and the obligations arising from this Regulation can be fulfilled.
2.
The crew of a vehicle must, according to number and suitability, in order to guarantee the safety of all persons on board and shipping.
3.
The conditions set out in points 1 and 2 shall be deemed to be fulfilled; if the vehicle is accompanied by a travel certificate, the construction and equipment of the vehicle comply with the information on the certificate of travel, and the crew and operation comply with the rules of the inland waterway search order
4.
Without prejudice to point 3, the owner and the equipment manufacturer must ensure that the number 44 in the travel certificate is for passengers in a number corresponding to the distribution of passengers for adults and for children on board, with children up to 30 kg of body weight or age up to six years only being provided with Solid vests according to the standards referred to in section 10.05 (2) of Annex II of the inland waterway search order are permitted. The skipper shall only be allowed to carry a passenger ship if the individual rescuers are available on board in sufficient numbers and in the prescribed manner in accordance with the first sentence.
unofficial table of contents

§ 1.09 Occupation of the rudder

1.
On each vehicle in motion, the ship's guide has to ensure that the oar is occupied by a suitable person aged at least 16 years
2.
The requirement for the minimum age specified in point 1 does not apply to a small vehicle, provided that the vehicle is not equipped with a drive machine.
3.
For the safe control of the vehicle, the rowing worker must be able to receive all the information and instructions arriving in the tax booth or to give information from there. In particular, it must be able to carry out all the sound signals and have sufficient free visibility on all sides. If a sufficiently free view is not possible, this can be compensated by means of an optical device that provides a clear and undistorted image in a sufficient field of view.
4.
As far as special circumstances so require, the ship's guide has to make sure that he is informed and that of the rudder's commutation.
5.
For the ride on the inland waterway routes named in the following table:
Bundeswasserstraße km Restrictions
Aller 0, 25-49,65 (Schleuse < br /> Hademstorf)


49,65-117.00
only up to a water level
of 200 cm at the level Celle

only up to a water level
of 210 cm at the level Rethem
Altenplathower Altkanal 0, 00-2,10
Beetzsee-Riewendsee-Wasserstraße 1, 00-21,80
Dahme-Wasserstraße 10, 30-14.75 (Krimnicksee,
Krüpelsee)
Ems 44, 78 to 124,00 only up to a water level
of 320 cm at the level Rheine
Ems-Side Channel full Length
Fulda to 108,78
Hohennauener Wasserstraße 1.50 (Street Bridge B 102)-10,40
Lahn -11, 08-135,96
Main Altarm Steinheimer arc
57,90-58,30
Obere Havel-Wasserstraße Großer Labussee from 86.35-92.08,
Wangnitzsee from 0,00-0,40
Peene 0, 95-104,60
Regnitz 7, 43-6,41 
Roßdorfer Altkanal 0, 90-6,86
Ruhr 11, 70-12,21 only up to a water level
of 267 cm at level Hattingen
Saale 36, 65-93,60
95,80-120,00
Sagter Ems Leda-Injunction to
Elisabethfehnkanal
Stadttrave 0, 09-2,65
Stichkanal Osnabrück 1.56 (bridge 72)-6.05 (bridge 76)
Stör-Wasserstraße 20, 00-44,70
Storkower waters 0, 00-2,70 (Langer See)
3,90-7,00 (Wolziger See)
only if accompanied by an appropriate
person aged at least
18 years
Teupitzer waters 0, 00-6,63 (Huschtesee,
Schmöldesee, Hölzerner See)
Only if accompanied by a suitable
person aged at least
18 years
Waterway Kleiner Wend-
see-Wusterwitzer See
1.50 (Großer Wusterwitzer See,
Straßenbrücke Plaue-
Wusterwitz)-km 3,93
Werra 0, 78-89,00
Weser 0, 00-204,30
Zernsdorfer Lanke 0, 00-3,00
Ziegelsee 26.50-30,37
by way of derogation from number 1, it is sufficient to have a minimum age of twelve years if
a)
the rowing googer
aa)
The ID of a club affiliated to a top association of the German water sports association, provided that the top association guarantees a basic traffic safety concept, and
bb)
will keep the restrictions according to column 3 of the above table
b)
the vehicle does not exceed 5 m in length and is equipped with a drive engine with an effective power output of 3.68 kW at most.
The Federal Ministry of Transport, Building and Urban Development makes the top confederations referred to in sentence 1 (a) double-letter aa in the traffic leaf. In this respect, the rowing driver is a ship's guide.
Non-official table of contents

§ 1.10 Carry on of documents and other documents

1.
The following documents and other documents must be on board as long as they are due to special requirements are:
a)
the travel certificate or the replacement approved Certificate;
b)
the certificate of competency or other permission to carry vehicles and the ship ' s licence as well as to the other members of the Crew of the duly completed qualification certificate or certificate of competency or other permission to drive vehicles and the flight certificate;
c)
the duly completed flight book or travel book;
d)
the certificate of the edition of the Flight books;
e)
the properly filled oil control book;
f)
the calibration certificate of the
g)
the certificate of the installation and function of the tachograph and the required records of the tachograph;
h)
the certificate of installation and function of radar systems and turn indicators;
i)
the radar patent or A certificate recognised as equivalent to that of the Regulation on the granting of radar patents on the federal waterways outside the Rhine; these documents are not required on board, if the Schifferpatentkarte is to be registered "Radar" or any other certificate of the ship ' s guide registered under the Internal Schiffers Patent Regulation, which contains the relevant registration;
j)
the certificate "frequency allocation" or the certificate "allocation certificate";
k)
a radio communication certificate for the inland waterway radio;
l)
a print of the inland waterway handbook, general section and regional part of Germany for the navigated waterway, as in the current version; as a print also applies an electronic text version, if it can be made legible at any time;
m)
the certificates for boilers and other pressure vessels;
n)
the certificate for liquefied gas plants;
o)
the documents on electrical equipment;
p)
the test certificate of permanently installed fire extinguishers;
q)
the test certificate of Cranes;
r)
the documents required by ADN subsection 8.1.2.1, 8.1.2.2, and 8.1.2.3;
s)
in container transport, the stability documents of the vehicle, including the stowage plan or the load list, tested by the Central Office of the Submission Commission/Shipyards for the respective loading case and the result of the stability calculation for the respective one, a previous comparable or a standardized loading case, respectively, indicating the calculation method used;
t)
the certificate of duration and local boundary of the construction site on which the construction site vehicle is allowed to be used;
u)
the certificate of the small vehicle license plate or the certificate issued for the replacement.
2.
However, the ship's documents referred to in point 1 (a) and (f) do not need to be carried on a sabot on which a metal panel is mounted in accordance with the following pattern is:


UNIFIED EUROPEAN SHIP NUMBER: ..................
 
SCHIFFSATTEST/SCHIFFSCERTIFICATE
-NUMBER: .......................................................................................
-SUK: .......................................................................................
-VALID UP TO: .......................................................................................



If the sabot has an official ship number, this is different from the above pattern under the name "official ship number" on the metal board . The required information must be placed on the metal board in legible letters of at least 6 mm height, or be graded. The metal panel shall be at least 60 mm high and 120 mm long. It must be clearly visible and permanently attached to the rear side of the rear control board of the shoe. The conformity of the information on the metal plate with those in the driver's certificate of travel certificate must be confirmed by a ship investigation commission by the fact that its sign is taken on the metal board. The ship's documents referred to in point 1 (a) and (f) must be kept by the owner of the sabre.
3.
number 2 shall also apply to another vehicle without a prime mover, which does not have living rooms, tax houses or lounges, provided that the certificate of travel certificate does not contain any conditions or that it is possible to ensure the recognition of conditions elsewhere. In addition to the information referred to in point 2, the minimum crew must be specified.
4.
The ship ' s documents referred to in point 1 (a) do not need to be carried on a floating device , where a metal panel is attached to it in accordance with point 2.
5.
On a construction site vehicle in accordance with Annex II of the inland waterway search order, to The ship's documents referred to in point 1 (a) and (f) need not be carried on board to that neither a tax house nor an apartment. The owner and the equipment supplier shall ensure that they are available at any time in the area of the site.
6.
On a floating device or on a A construction site vehicle in accordance with Annex II of the inland waterway examination system shall not be carried on board the ship's documents referred to in points 1 (a), (b) and (f) in the construction site area. The owner and the equipment supplier shall ensure that they are available at any time in the area of the construction site.
7.
The ship's guide has ensure that the documents, the boarding book and the other documents referred to in point 1 (a) to (c), (e) to (n), (s) and (t) are carried on board and, on request, are handed over to the persons authorised to control them.
8.
The owner and the supplier must ensure that the documents and other documents referred to in point 1 (a), (e), (f) to (h), (j), (m), (n), (s) and (t), as well as the on-flight log book, are On board.
Non-official table of contents

§ 1.11 Guide to the inland waterway system order

The ship's guide has to be ensure that, on board each vehicle, there is an imprint of this Regulation in its current version, including any other legal orders issued under section 1.22 (3) for the route under question. An electronic text version shall also be deemed to be printed if it can be made legible at any time. The records 1 and 2 do not apply to
1.
Small vehicles and
2.
Schubleichter and other vehicles without drive machine that do not have living spaces, wheelhouses or recreation rooms.
unofficial table of contents

§ 1.12 vulnerability caused by items on board; loss of items;
ship barriers

1.
An item that is at risk, damage, disability, or impairment in the For the purposes of § 1.04, it shall not be possible to project beyond the side wall of a vehicle, a floating body or a floating installation.
2.
A raised anchor may not extend under the ground or keel of the vehicle.
3.
A vehicle or a floating body has lost an object and can therefore be used as a ship disabled or at risk, the ship's guide must immediately inform the next service of the Water and Shipping Administration of the Federal Government or the nearest department of the water protection police, thereby making the point of the loss exactly as possible. It shall also indicate where possible.
4.
The ship's driver of a vehicle while driving in a waterway is a disruptive obstacle, He must immediately inform the nearest department of the Water and Shipping Administration of the Federal Government or the nearest department of the Water Protection Police, in which case he has the place where the obstacle has been encountered as precisely as possible.
5.
The ship's guide shall ensure that an item which is subject to danger, damage, disability or impairment in the sense of the § 1.04 may not project beyond the on-board wall of a vehicle, float or floating structure and a raised anchor does not extend below the ground or keel of a vehicle.
Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 1.13 Protection of shipping signs

1.
It is forbidden to use a ship's sign, especially a ton, a float, a beacon, or a fortune buckle with a shipping sign, to arrest or to catch up. in order to damage it or make it unusable.
2.
A ship driver with the vehicle or floating body he/she has guided has a shipping sign from his/her If it is postponed or a facility serving the name of the waterway is damaged, it must immediately be sent to the next department of the Water and Shipping Administration of the Federal Government or the next service of the water protection police.
3.
Each ship's guide is obligated to the next service of the Water and Shipping Administration of the Federal Government or the next service of the Federal Government. notify water protection police immediately if they have caused accidents or other changes to the shipping signs, in particular the extinguisher of a light, the incorrect position of a tonne, or the destruction of a sign,
unofficial table of contents

§ 1.14 Damage to the waterway or assets

Has a ship's guide with that of it If the vehicle or the floating body is damaged by the waterway or a plant, it must immediately inform the next department of the Water and Shipping Administration of the Federal Government or the next service of the water protection police. Non-official table of contents

§ 1.15 Prohibition of placing items and
other substances into waterway

1.
It is forbidden to use a solid object or other substance that is suitable for shipping or hamper or endanger other users of the waterway, throw it into the waterway, pour or otherwise insert it or initiate it.
2.
Is a such object or other substance has become or threatens to become free, the ship's guide must immediately become the next service of the Water and Shipping Administration of the Federal Government or the nearest service of the water protection police , he shall indicate the location of the incident and the nature of the object or the liquid as accurately as possible.
Table of Contents

§ 1.16 Rescue and Help

1.
The ship's guide must be Accident which endangers the crew or passengers, offering them all available means to rescue them.
2.
Are people in the accident of a vehicle or swimming body In the event of a risk or threat of a blocking of the running water or a lock in accordance with section 6.28 (1), the skipper of any vehicle located in the vicinity shall be obliged to provide immediate assistance in so far as this is necessary with the safety of the vehicle. of its own vehicle.
3.
In the event of a ship accident, each party concerned shall be responsible for the consequences of the accident and the determination of his/her person, of its vehicle and of the nature of its participation in the accident in favour of the other persons involved in the accident and the injured parties. Involved in a ship accident is anyone whose behavior may have contributed to the accident according to the circumstances.
unofficial table of contents

§ 1.17 Fixed or sunken vehicles; View of accidents

1.
The ship's guide a fixed or sunken vehicle or a fixed or sunken floating body shall be available as soon as possible for the notification of the next service of the Federal Water and Shipping Administration or the next The authority of the water protection police. He or the crew member of the crew must remain on board or in the vicinity of the point of accident until the employees of the electricity and shipping office, a subordinated service or the water protection police permit him to become a member of the
2.
If it is not unnecessarily unnecessary, the skipper of a fixed or sunken vehicle or floating body must be without prejudice to § 3.25 ensure, without delay, that the vehicles or bodies approaching the site are seen at the appropriate locations and at such a distance from the accident site that they can take the necessary measures in good time.
3.
In the event of the accident as defined in point 1 or § 1.16 in a lock according to § 6.28, point 1, the ship's guide shall immediately have to be responsible for the inspection of the lock
4.
The accident within the meaning of point 1 or § 1.16 or a disturbance of the traffic or operation in the area of a self-employed person or a company is notified. automated lock, the ship's guide must immediately notify the next office of the Federal Water and Shipping Administration or the next water protection police service.
5.
The numbers 1 to 4 also apply if the safety and lightness of the shipping is impaired as a result of an accident.
unofficial table of contents

§ 1.18 Driving water free

1.
If a fixed or sunken vehicle, a fixed or sunken floating body, or an object lost by a vehicle or a floating body, the water is completely or in some cases, the ship's guide has to take the necessary measures to release the water in a very short period of time.
2.
Number 1 shall apply accordingly when a vehicle or a floating body is liable to sink or become maneuverable.
Unofficial table of contents

§ 1.19 Special Instructions

The ship's guide has to comply with a statement issued to him by an employee of the electricity and shipping office, an employee of a subordinated service, or a staff member of the Water Protection Police for the safety and ease of transport, or the prevention of shipping hazards, is granted. Non-official table of contents

§ 1.20 Monitoring

The ship's guide has an employee of the electricity and shipping office, a In particular, to provide the necessary assistance to a staff of a downstream service, or to an employee of the water protection police, in particular to facilitate his immediate arrival in order to ensure compliance with the provisions of this Regulation. Regulation and other rules applicable to inland waterway roads. unofficial table of contents

§ 1.21 special transport

1.
As a special transport, the locomotion
a)
of a vehicle or association that does not meet the requirements of § 1.06 point 1 and § 1.08 number 1,
b)
a floating facility, a watercraft or a flying boat outside approved airfields according to § 6 of the Air Transport Act, or from outside landing and outdoor landing sites after Section 25 of the Air Transport Act, a ground-effect vehicle, an air-cushion vehicle, a wing vehicle or a vehicle which is capable of operating under water, unless it is a vehicle which has been placed under the
c)
of a swimming body, where there is no obvious hindrance to or endangering the navigation of the ship or Damage to an asset is excluded.
2.
A special transport can only be shall be carried out with the permission of the authorities responsible for the routes to be traverted. Permission shall be granted with the conditions necessary to ensure the safety and lightness of the shipping traffic. § 1.06 Number 2 shall remain unaffected. For each special transport, the owner and the outfitter shall each determine a ship's guide, taking account of § 1.02.
Non-official Table of Contents

§ 1.22 Order of temporary nature

1.
The ship's guide must be by the competent authority of a temporary nature, which has been made known on special occasions for the safety and lightness of traffic.
2.
An arrangement according to point 1 may be caused in particular by works on the waterway, military exercises, public events according to § 1.23 or by the Driving water conditions. It may be used on certain routes on which special care is required and which are designated by tonnes, beacons or other signs, or by the installation of verials, driving at night or with a vehicle to be deep
3.
Number 1 shall also apply to a regulation which is necessary for the purposes of amending this Regulation or for experimental purposes. Measures to be taken. The legal regulation is valid for a maximum of three years.
Non-official table of contents

§ 1.23 Permission of special events

A sporty Any event, waterfestivity or other event which may affect the safety and ease of transport shall be subject to the authorisation of the competent authority. Permission shall be granted with the conditions necessary to ensure the safety and lightness of the shipping traffic. unofficial table of contents

§ 1.24 special rule for vehicles
in the public service and for water rescue vehicles

1.
A vehicle of the Federal Waterways and Shipping Administration, the water protection police, the The Federal Police, the Federal Police, the Federal Criminal Police Office, the armed forces, the customs service, the fire brigade, the civil and civil protection, the water management administrations or the fisheries control of the countries are of the interest of the Inland waterways order, insofar as this is urgently required for the performance of public tasks, with due regard to public safety and order.
2.
This also applies to a water rescue vehicle of a public-service institution or body or a non-profit-making body in the rescue mission.
Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 1.25 Load, Delete, and Light

1.
The ship's guide has to ensure that a vehicle is not loaded, erased or pond to places without the permission of the competent authority, in which the shipping
2.
The ship's guide has to ensure that a vehicle is placed on shipping channels and in lock-in channels outside the ports and Transfer points shall be loaded, erased or depleted only with the permission of the competent authority.
3.
The owner and the equipment supplier shall not order or permit: that a vehicle is loaded, erased or pond-loaded against number 1 or 2.
unofficial table of contents

§ 1.26 Driving speed

The speed limits according to § 10.04 number 1 and 2, § § 11.04, 12.04 number 1, § 13.04 number 1, § § 14.04, 15.04 number 1 to 4, § 16.04 number 1 to 3, § § 18.04, 19.04 number 1 and 2, § 20.04 number 1, § 21.04 number 1 to 3, 4 sentence 1, § § § § § 20.04 Points 1 to 3, 4 sentence 1, § 23.04 number 1 and 2 sentence 1, § 24.04 number 1, 2 sentence 1 and number 3, 4, 5 sentence 1, § 25.04 number 1 and 2, § 26.04 number 1 and § 27.04 number 1 and 2 do not apply
1.
for a small vehicle that has one or more water skiers on the for the water skiing through the Sign E.17 released lines,
2.
for a water motor wheel on the lines released by the sign E.22,
3.
for a special permission vehicle from the responsible authority.
Table of contents

§ 1.27 Associations

The provisions for a vehicle contained in this Regulation shall apply to an association in accordance with the provisions of this Regulation, insofar as this Regulation does not expressly determine otherwise for an association. name="BJNR000210012BJNG000300000 " />

Chapter 2

Non-tampers Table of contents

§ 2.01 Vehicles of the vehicles, excluding small vehicles and seagoing ships

1.
Each vehicle must be visible to the outside either on the hull or on permanently attached plates or signs following the following characteristics:
a)
Its name, which can also be a motto.

The name is on both sides of the vehicle and, , with the exception of sliders, also visible from the rear. If such an inscription is concealed in the case of a vehicle, the coupled vehicles or a thrust assembly, the name shall be clearly visible on boards in the direction in which the inscription is concealed. In the absence of a name for the vehicle, either the name of the organisation which owns the vehicle or its common abbreviation, in the case of several vehicles of the organisation followed by a number, or the registration number, shall be affixed, which is followed by the letter or group of letters of the state in which the home or register location is located (Appendix 1).
b)
Its home or register location.

The The name of the home or register location shall be either on either side or at the rear of the vehicle, followed by the letter or group of letters of the State in which the place of origin or register is located (Appendix 1).
c)
Its unified European ship number, which consists of eight Arabic numerals. The first three digits are the name of the State and the issuing office of the single European ship number. This marking shall be binding only on a vehicle to which a uniform European ship number has been issued.
d)
If a single European ship number is to be used, Ship number is not issued, its official vessel number consisting of seven Arabic numerals, which may be followed by a small letter. The first two digits are the name of the State and the issuing office of the official vessel number. This marking shall be binding only on a vehicle to which an official vessel number has been issued.
The single European ship number and the official vessel number shall be affixed in accordance with the requirements set out in point (a) of the first sentence. The records 1 and 2 do not apply to a small vehicle or a seagoing ship.
2.
In addition, each vehicle must be used for the
a)
freight transport is intended to be visible on both sides of the load in tons Vehicle either on the hull or on permanently fixed plates or signs,
b)
Carriage of passengers is determined, the maximum number of passengers shall be: Passengers on board to the outside in a visible
. The first sentence shall not apply to a small vehicle or a seagoing vessel.
3.
The number 1 and 2 number plates are, to the extent that they contain letters, in a legible and legible form. to make permanent Latin characters. The height of the characters must be at least 20 cm for the name, the single European ship number and the official vessel number, and at least 15 cm for the other characters.

The width of the characters and the strength of the characters Slashes must correspond to height. The characters must be in bright colour on a dark background or in a dark colour on a bright ground.
4.
When driving through locks, the length and width of the lock must be of the vehicle shall be clearly visible from both sides. The first sentence shall not apply to a small vehicle or a seagoing vessel.
unofficial table of contents

§ 2.02 license plate of small vehicles

1.
Insofar as a small car does not have an official or official recognition under special conditions license plate, it is, with the exception of a sailing surfboard, to be permanently marked as follows:
a)
with its name or its motto.

The name is to be placed on both outer sides of the small vehicle in legible Latin characters at least 10 cm high. In the absence of a name for the small vehicle, either the name of the organisation to which it belongs, or its common abbreviation, shall be indicated in the case of several vehicles of the organisation followed by a number in Arabic numerals. The characters must be in bright colour on a dark background or in a dark colour on a bright ground. If, in one case of sentence 3, a small vehicle is marked with a number in Latin digits, this marking may be continued.
b)
with the Name and address of the owner.

The name and address of the owner must be attached to the inside or outside of the small vehicle
2.
A dinghy of a vehicle must, however, bear only one license plate on the inside or outside that allows the owner to be determined.
Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 2.03 Shipyards

Any inland waterway ship designated for the carriage of goods, except for a small vehicle, must be calibrated be. Non-official table of contents

§ 2.04 Lowering Marks and Depth Gauge

1.
Each vehicle-with the exception of a small vehicle-must have brands that are the level of the plane of the largest single-cut. In the case of a seagoing ship, the "freshwater mark in the summer" replaces the countersunk marks. The details of the fixing of the largest reduction and the principles governing the affixing of the containment marks shall be determined by the internal vessel search order.
2.
In each vehicle-with the exception of a small vehicle-whose draught can exceed 1.00 m, the draught indicator must be mounted. The principles for their installation depend on the internal vessel search order.
Non-official table of contents

§ 2.05 Number of the plates Anchor

1.
A ship anchor must bear a permanent license plate. This must include either the number of the travel certificate and the distinguishing letters of the ship investigation commission, or the name and place of residence of the owner of the vehicle. If the anchor is used on a different vehicle from the same owner, the anchor may remain on the first label.
2.
Number 1 does not apply to anchors of a Seagoing or a small vehicle. In the case of a seagoing ship, it is sufficient if the anchors are marked with the distinguishing signal of the ship.
unofficial table of contents

§ 2.06 Behavioural Duty

1.
The owner and the equipment supplier may each be put into service Order or permit a vehicle only if
a)
is the vehicle in accordance with § § 2.01 or 2.02 in the
b)
the vehicle according to § 2.03 is calibrated,
c)
on the vehicle Einsenkungsmarken according to § 2.04 number 1 and in the case of a draught of the vehicle of more than 1.00 m additional depth indicator according to § 2.04 number 2 are appropriate and
d)
the ship anchors in accordance with Section 2.05 (1), also in conjunction with the second sentence of point 2, in the manner prescribed there.
2.
The ship's guide may only lead a vehicle if
a)
the vehicle is marked in accordance with § § 2.01 or 2.02 in the manner prescribed there,
b)
Vehicle according to § 2.03 is calibrated,
c)
in the vehicle Einsenkungsmarken in accordance with § 2.04 (1) and in the case of a drauge of the vehicle of more than 1,00 m in addition In accordance with § 2.05 (2) and
d)
the ship anchors in accordance with section 2.05 (1), also in connection with the second sentence of point 2, in the prescribed Charted.

Chapter 3
Vehicles Label

Section I.
General

Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 3.01 Definitions and Applications
(Appendix 3: Figure 1)

1.
In this chapter, the
a)
"Topplight":

a white strong light that is over a horizontal arc of 225 °
from advance to both sides 22 ° 30 ' behind the transverse line,
, and visible only in this arc;
b)
"Page lights":

to starboard green light and a red
bright light, each of which has a horizontal arc of
112 ° 30 ', that is, from advance to 22 ° 30' behind the transverse line on the
of the side on which the light is attached, and only in this Arc
is visible;
c)
"tail light":

a white ordinary light or a white bright light,
that over a horizontal arc of 135 °, 67 ° 30 ' from
Achteraus to each page and only visible in this arc;
d)
"visible light from all sides":

a light that is over a horizontal arc of 360 ° visible.
2.
If it requires visibility, the lights prescribed for the night have to be set additionally by day.
3.
For the application of this chapter, a pusher assembly whose length does not exceed 110,00 m and the width of which shall not exceed 12,00 m, shall be considered as a single-moving vehicle with a machine drive of of the same length and width and a combination of coupled vehicles, the length of which exceeds 140.00 m, as a thrust assembly of the same length.
4.
A lock on lock If the vehicle is stationary, the designation prescribed for the journey may be maintained.
5.
The names prescribed in this chapter are in Appendix 3 pictured.
unofficial table of contents

§ 3.02 Lichter and Signalleuchten

1.
Unless otherwise specified, the lights prescribed in this regulation must be of all
2.
Only signal lights may be used, the lights of which are in horizontal radiation, and the light is visible in the light. Colour and strength correspond to the provisions of this Regulation and to the requirements of Annex II, Section 7.05 of the Rules of the Inland Waterway Investigation Order. Signalleges, which meet the requirements of the 30. June 2011, or on the 31. As of December 2012, the version of the inland waterway order will continue to be used.
3.
The night description of a stationary non-stop-line shall not be used. motorised vehicle does not need to comply with the requirements of point 2; however, it must have a load of at least 1 000.00 m in the case of a clear vision and a dark background.
unofficial table of contents

§ 3.03 flags, plates, and wimpels

1.
Unless otherwise specified, a flag or table prescribed in this Regulation must be rectangular.
2.
The colors of a flag, a board, or a wimpel must not be faded or polluted.
3.
The dimensions of the viewpoints according to point 2 must be so large that they can be seen well; this requirement is fulfilled in any case as
a)
on a flag or board, if it is at least 1.00 m high and 1.00 m wide, for small vehicles at least 0.60 m high and 0.60 m wide,
b)
with a pimple if its length is at least 1.00 m and its width at the side to which the pimple is attached, is at least 0.50 m.
unofficial table of contents

§ 3.04 cylinder, balls and cones

1.
A cylinder, ball, or cone prescribed in this regulation may be replaced by devices
2.
The colors of the sight characters in point 1 must not be faded or polluted.
3.
The dimensions of the viewpoints according to number 1 must be at least:
a)
for a cylinder 0,80 m in height and 0,50 m in diameter;
b)
for a ball 0,60 m in the Diameter;
c)
for a cone 0.60 m in height and 0.60 m in diameter of base surface;
d)
for a double cone 0,80 m in height and 0.50 m in diameter of the base.
4.
For a double cone.
4.
Small vehicles may be used in contrast to point 3, with smaller dimensions, which are proportionate to the size of the small vehicle. However, they must be so large that they can be seen well.
Non-official table of contents

§ 3.05 Forbidden Or Exceptionally Approved Lights and viewpoints

1.
It is forbidden to use any other than the one provided for in this Regulation. Lights or signs of use or lights or sight signs may be used for which they are not prescribed or approved.
2.
However, other lights or visual signs may also be used between the vehicle and the vehicle, or between the vehicle and the country, provided that this does not lead to confusion with the lights or visual signs provided for in this Regulation.
unofficial table of contents

§ 3.06

(without content) unofficial table of contents

§ 3.07 Forbidden use of lights, spotlights, viewpoints, and other items

1.
It is forbidden to use a light, a pig, a line of sight, or any other object in a To use a method of confusing or confusing the visibility of the designations provided for in this Regulation.
2.
It is forbidden to use a light or a headlight in such a way that it or it blinds and thereby endangers shipping or traffic on land, or obstructed.

Section II.
Night and Tag Name

Title A.
Label during the ride

Non-official table of contents

§ 3.08 Designation of individually moving vehicles with machine drive
(Appendix 3: Figure 2, 3)

1.
A single-powered vehicle with machine drive must be running at night:
a)
a topplight that is on the The front part of the vehicle must be
;
b)
the side lights, which are set at the same height and in a plane perpendicular
the longitudinal plane of the vehicle. . For
journeys on rivers, the side lights must be at least 1.00 m
lower than the topplight. For journeys on channels
, the page lights must be 1.00 m lower than the
Topplight if possible, but they must not be set higher than this.
You must set at least 1.00 m behind the topplight
and binnenbords be grayed out in such a way that the green
light cannot be seen from the backboard, the red light cannot be seen by starboard
;
c)
a tail light on the Axle ship.
2.
An individually moving vehicle with a machine drive with more as a
110,00 m length, a second topplight must also run at night
, on the aft ship and at a height greater than the front
light.
3.
The numbers 1 and 2 do not apply to a small vehicle or to a ferry; for a small vehicle, § 3.13, for a ferry § 3.16.
unofficial table of contents

§ 3.09 Label of towing associations in travel
(Appendix 3: Figure 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10)

1.
At the top of an entrainment belt in travel, the vehicle must be powered by a machine:
a)
at night:
aa)
except for the topplight and the side lights according to § 3.08
number 1 letter a and b a second Topplicht; this
must be about 1.00 m below the first topplight, but after
it must be at least 1.00 m higher than the page lights set to
;
bb)
instead of the tail light according to § 3.08 (1) (c) a
yellow tail light at a suitable location and in sufficient
height, so that it can be seen from the following appendix
The vehicle has to keep these lights even if you are temporarily moving forward on a short stretch of the road; the headlight must also keep the lights up. lead.
b)
on tag:

The vehicle must keep the cylinder even if it is temporarily moving forward on a short distance; the pre-tensioning must also lead to the cylinder.
2.
A towed dressing at the top of a number of vehicles with a machine drive, which are driven side by side, whether or not it is coupled on the longitudinal side, must lead each of these vehicles:
a)
at night:

a yellow cylinder that is at the top and bottom of each a black
and a white stripe, the latter being enclosed at the outer ends-
; the cylinder must be set vertically on the forward ship
and set to be visible from all sides
.
A third topplight; this must be about 2.00 m below the first
Topplicht, but if possible at least 1.00 m higher than
the page lights are set;
b)
at tag:

The same applies to all vehicles with a machine drive that are common to a vehicle, a floating body, or a floating system.
3.
The towed vehicles of an entrainment belt in the drive must lead:
a)
at night:

the cylinder according to point 1 letter b.
A white light, visible from all sides; this must be
to the rear and can be grayed out on the sides by a matt glass pane;
b)
at tag:

The same applies to towed swimming bodies or towed floating installations. However,
a yellow ball at a suitable location and so high that it is visible to
from all sides.
a)
An attachment length of the tape exceeds 110,00 m,
must guide them at night two lights after set 1, one on
of the front and one on the back half of the Vehicle;

b)
an attachment length of the association consists of more than two vehicles connected to
, the Lights or the balls
after set 1 only from the two outer vehicles
The lights and balls of all towed vehicles of an association are to be placed in the same height above the water level.
4.
The vehicle or the vehicles that make up the last attachment length of an entrainment belt in motion must lead at night:
a)
the light according to point 3 or the topplight according to § 3.08 (1) (1) a;
b)
the tail light according to § 3.08 (1) (c); form more
than two vehicles connected on the longitudinal side the conclusion of the
association, only the two outer vehicles of this
need to light.
If one or more small vehicles form the end of an association, they shall remain in force when applying the provisions of this number unaccounted for.
5.
A towing assembly consisting of a vehicle with a machine drive and a single attachment length needs the tag name on a talk. in accordance with points 1 to 4.
6.
The numbers 1 to 5 do not apply to a small vehicle which only drags small vehicles, and not for a small vehicle. Towed small vehicle. For such small vehicles § 3.13 points 2 and 3.
unofficial table of contents

§ 3.10 designation of the drawers ' associations in travel
(Appendix 3: Picture 11, 12, 13, 14)

1.
A drive must lead at night:
a)
as Topplichter
aa)
three topplights on the vehicle's front ship or, in the case of
, several vehicles, on the front ship of the left of the vehicles
at the top of the tape; these topplights must be arranged
in the shape of an equilateral triangle with a horizontal
base line in a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal plane of the
tape The two lower topplights
must be placed at a distance of 1.25 m from each other and
1.10 m below the top of the top light; they must also be
on a river at least 2.00 m
above the level of the Sunset marks and at least
1.00 m above the side lights, on a shipping channel
, or in a lock channel as high as possible, but
set at least at the level of the page lights;
bb)
a topplight on the front ship of any other vehicle whose entire width is visible from the front; this topplight, if possible, is 3.00 m lower than the top topplight after Double-letter aa
The masts of these topplights must be in the longitudinal plane of the vehicle on which they are guided ;
b)
as a page-light

on the widest part of the tape, at most 1.00 m away from its outer sides, as close as possible to the moving vehicle and at least 2,00 m above the water level;
c)
as Hecklichter
aa)
three taillights on the The aft ship of the moving vehicle
in a horizontal line perpendicular to the longitudinal plane with
a lateral distance of approximately 1.25 m and a sufficient height of
, so that it does not move through one of the other vehicles of the
association can be hidden;
bb)
a tail light on the aft ship of any other Vehicle,
whose entire width is visible from the rear, are located in
the Federation other than the pushing vehicle more than two
from rear-visible vehicles, this rear light is only available from
to the two outer vehicles
2.
A push assembly that has two pushers
, in the case of the rear light as described in point 1
point 1 (c) double-letter aa on the control-board-side
sliding vehicle, the other moving vehicle must
the rear-light in accordance with point 1, point (c) c lead double letter
bb.
3.
Number 1 also applies to a drawer if it is towed at night
; however, the three must be Tail lights after number 1
letter c double letter aa yellow.
4.
If a drawer is towed by tag, the





a yellow ball at a suitable location and so high that it is visible to
from all sides.
unofficial table of contents

§ 3.11 Description of Coupled Vehicles in Drive
(Appendix 3: Figure 15, 16)

1.
Coupled Vehicles in Driving must lead at night:
a)
on each vehicle the topplight according to § 3.08 (1) (a);
on vehicles without a machine drive, however, this topplight can be
at a suitable location and not higher when the
vehicle or machine-powered vehicles are replaced by the
light in accordance with Section 3.09 (3)
)
the page lights according to § 3.08 (1) (b); these lights
must be placed on the outside of the outer vehicles, and
, if possible at the same height, at least 1.00 m lower than the
lowest topplight;
c)
on each vehicle a rear light according to § 3.08 (1) (c)
2.
number 1 does not apply to a small vehicle, which only guides small vehicles on the long side, and not for a small vehicle, which is coupled on the longitudinal side. For such small vehicles § 3.13 points 2 and 3.
unofficial table of contents

§ 3.12 designation of the vehicles under sail in travel
(Appendix 3: Figure 17)

1.
A vehicle under sail in drive must lead at night:
a)
the page lights in accordance with Section 3.08 (1) (b), but
may be these ordinary lights;
b)
a tail light according to § 3.08 (1) (c)
2.
number 1 does not apply to A small vehicle; for a small vehicle under sail under sail, § 3.13 points 4 and 6.
unofficial table of contents

§ 3.13 designation of the Small vehicles in travel
(Appendix 3: Figure 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26)

1.
One single A small vehicle with a machine drive must lead at night:
either
a)
a topplight, but bright instead of strong, at the same height as the page lights
and at least 1.00 m before these;
b)
Side lights that are allowed to be ordinary lights; they must be set in
of the same height and in a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the
vehicle Its inner bords are so grayed out,
that the green light is not from the backboard, the red light cannot be seen by the
starboard;
c)
Tail light;
or
2.
A small car is only a small car or it only guides it on the side of the vehicle, It must lead the lights to number 1 at night.
)
a Topplight, but bright instead of strong, at least 1.00 m higher than
the page lights;
e)
Page lights that are allowed to be ordinary lights; these can be
aa)
at the same height and in a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis
of the vehicle
or
bb)
next to each other or in a single lantern on the
or close to the bow in the ship axis
In the case of the double letter aa, they must be greyed out by the
in such a way that the green light does not come from the
backboard, the red light cannot be seen by starboard;
f)
a tail light; this light may be omitted from the condition that
white bright light visible from all
pages is provided instead of the topplight in accordance with letter d
3.
A towed or long-coupled small vehicle must have
white common light
visible from all sides at night. This does not apply to the dinghies of the vehicle.
4.
A single-moving small vehicle under sail has to lead at night: either
a)
the page lights according to number 1 Letter e and a tail light
or
b)
these side lights and the rear light in a single lantern
on the
or
c)
a white ordinary light and
visible from all sides in the approach of other vehicles also show a second
white ordinary light.
5.
One individually neither With machine drive still under sail driving
small vehicle has to lead at night a white
visible from all sides of ordinary light. However, a dinghy to which the same advance
suspensions apply only needs to show this light when approaching a
of another vehicle.
6.
A small vehicle under sail that is running at the same time as machine drive
must have a day black cone with the top down,
as high as possible at a place where it is best visible,

Non-official table of contents

§ 3.14 Additional designation of vehicles travelling on the carriage of certain dangerous goods
(Appendix 3: picture 27a, 27b, 28a, 28b, 29, 30, 31, 32)

1.
A vehicle in travel that carries certain flammable substances according to chapter 3.2, table A ADN, must be named in addition to the other name prescribed by this Regulation Lead to ADN subsection 7.1.5.0 or 7.2.5.0:
a)
at night:
a blue light;
b)
by day
a blue cone with the top after below.
The character must be displayed at a suitable location and so high
that it is visible from all sides. Instead of the blue
cone according to the first sentence of 1 (b), a blue cone can also be placed on
the foreship and the aft vessel and so high,
that the cone is on
a)
at least in a range of backbord
querab in advance to starboard querab,
b)
on the aft ship at least in a range of backbord
querab via Achteraus to Steuerbord querab
is visible. 
2.
A vehicle in travel that carries certain harmful substances according to Chapter 3.2, Table A ADN, must be in addition to the other this Regulation shall lead to ADN subsection 7.1.5.0 or 7.2.5.0, as follows:
a)
at night:
two blue lights;
b)
at Tag:
two blue cones with the top down.

The characters must be placed one on top of the other at a distance of 1.00 m at
of a suitable location and so high that they are from
to all pages. By way of exception to sentence 2, the distance
between the characters can be selected to be less dependent on the circumstances
, if this does not restrict their recognizability
. Instead of the two blue cones according to the set 1
letter b in conjunction with the records 2 and
, two blue cones on the foreship and the roller coaster and so on the
can also be kept high, that the cones are on
a)
at least in a range of backbord
querab in advance to starboard querab,
b)
on the aft ship at least in a range of backbord
querab via Achteraus to Steuerbord querab
are visible. 
3.
A vehicle in travel that carries certain explosive substances according to Chapter 3.2, Table A ADN, must, in addition to the other, under this Regulation: for ADN subsection 7.1.5.0 or 7.2.5.0, lead:
a)
at night:
three blue lights;
b)
at Tag:
three blue cones with the top down.
The characters must be placed on top of each other at a distance of 1.00 m
at a suitable location and so high that they are from
to all pages. By way of exception to sentence 2, the distance
between the characters can be selected to be less dependent on the circumstances
, if this does not restrict their recognizability
. Instead of the three blue cones according to the set 1 book-
bar b in conjunction with the records 2 and 3, three
blue cones on the foreship and the aft vessel and so high
can also be managed to ensure that the cones are on
a)
at least in a range of backbord
querab in advance to starboard querab,
b)
on the aft ship at least in a range of backbord
querab via Achteraus to Steuerbord querab
are visible. 
4.
A vehicle or a number of vehicles in the sense of the number in a wheelset or in a combination of coupled vehicles 1, 2, or 3, the designation must be carried out on the vehicle after the number 1, 2 or 3, which moves the association or the assembly.

 
5.
A drawer that is moved next to each other by two pushing vehicles must be named after number 4 on the starboard side, Moving the vehicle.

6.
A vehicle, a thrust assembly, or coupled vehicles, the one or more dangerous goods according to the numbers 1, 2 or 3 together carry the name of the dangerous product, which requires the largest number of blue lights or blue cones.
7.
A vehicle that is not a name in accordance with point 1, 2 or 3, but according to ADN section 8.1.8, has a certificate of approval and complies with the safety regulations applicable to a vehicle referred to in point 1, the name referred to in point 1 shall be used for the approximation of locks to locks. if it wishes to be hauled together with a vehicle that has to be named after number 1.
8.
The intensity of the light in the numbers 1 to 7 Mandatory blue lights must be at least equal to those of the usual blue lights.
unofficial table of contents

§ 3.15 Description of vehicles on the journey,
which are authorised to carry more than 12 passengers
and whose hull has a maximum length of less than 20.00 m
(Appendix 3: Figure 33)

A vehicle used for transport is authorised by more than 12 passengers and whose hull has a maximum length of less than 20.00 m, must be carried out by day

yellow double-cone at a suitable location and so high,
that it is visible from all sides,




Set 1 does not apply to a ferry. Non-official table of contents

§ 3.16 Ferry to travel label
(Appendix 3: Figure 34, 35, 36)

1.
A non-free ferry in travel must run at night:
a)
a white light visible from all sides Light
at least 5.00 m above the level of the containment marks; however, the height may be reduced
if the length of the ferry does not exceed 15,00 m
;
b)
a green light that is visible from all sides about 1.00 m
above the light as defined in point a.
2.
At night, the
must have the top beech nap or dogboat with a long-rope ride on the longitudinal cable a white bright light
at least 3.00 m above the water.

3.
A free-running ferry in travel must lead at night:
a)
the lights by number 1;
b)
the lights according to § 3.08 (1) (b) and (c)
unofficial table of contents

§ 3.17 Additional designation of vehicles in driving priority
(Appendix 3: Figure 37)

A vehicle to which the competent authority shall give priority to transit through a body in which a particular order applies. shall, in the case of a journey other than the other name prescribed in accordance with this Regulation, have to be designated by day

a red whimple on the front vessel and so high that it shall be used for the purpose of: well visible, leading.
unofficial table of contents

§ 3.18 Additional designation of maneuverable vehicles in travel
(Appendix 3: Figure 38)

1.
A maneuverable vehicle in travel must be in addition to the other under this Regulation
a)
at night:
A red light that is swung in the bottom half circle;
b)
by day:
a red flag in the lower Semi-circle pivoted
.
Instead of the label after set 1, the prescribed sound character can be given, or both.
2.
The flag referred to in point 1 (b) can be replaced by a panel of the same color.
unofficial table of contents

§ 3.19 designation of floating bodies and floating assets in travel
(Appendix 3: Figure 39)

Without prejudice to the special requirements set out in § 1.21 , a floating body or a floating installation must be in travel at night

light bright lights visible from all sides in sufficient Number,
to make your outlines recognizable, perform.

Title B.
Downtime Label

Table of Contents unofficial

§ 3.20 Label of the Vehicles on decommissioning
(Appendix 3: Figure 40, 41)

1.
With the exception of a small vehicle and of the vehicles referred to in § § 3.22 and 3.25, a vehicle must be installed at night

white ordinary light visible from all sides. the
waterside at least 3.00 m above the level of the
indentation marks


. In place of the designation as set out in the first sentence, two white ordinary lights visible from all sides can also be carried on the water side at the same level on the front and aft vessels.
2.
A small vehicle-with the exception of a submarine-must be

it is not running
from all sides visible white ordinary light
on the running water side.
3.
The label required in paragraphs 1 and 2 does not need to be run if
a)
the vehicle is part of a collection of vehicles that are not expected to be before the end of the by night, and the vehicles of this compilation on the side of the waterside will light the light according to point 1,
b)
the vehicle is completely between not Superfluous beech is located or behind a longitudinal work protruding from the water, or
c)
the vehicle is at a standstill on the shore and sufficient from the latter
4.
If vehicles are pulled together at a point specially designated for this purpose, the competent authority may, in special cases, part of the vehicles. release from the light guide according to points 1 or 2.
unofficial table of contents

§ 3.21 Additional designation of abandoned vehicles for the transport of certain dangerous goods
(Appendix 3: picture 42, 43, 44)

The designation prescribed in each case in accordance with § 3.14 shall also be carried out by the vehicles, thrust bodies and coupled vehicles referred to therein as well.







unofficial table of contents

§ 3.22 Designation of Ferries that are still at their point of application
(Appendix 3: Figure 45, 46)

1.
A non-free-moving ferry must be stopped during the operation at night when it is not in use Guide the lights according to § 3.16 number 1.

addition, at night the
must be the top beech needle or the top of a yawing tube on the longitudinal cable. Döpper to lead the light according to § 3.16 number 2.
2.
A free-running ferry during the operation at night has to guide the lights according to § 3.16 number 1 when still lying at their point of contact; they may also use the lights in accordance with § 3.08 Point 1 (b) and (c).

name="BJNR000210012BJNE005700000 " />Non-official table of contents

§ 3.23 Name of the floating bodies and floating assets when still lying
(Annex 3: Figure 47)

Without prejudice to the special conditions, which may be determined in accordance with § 1.21, must be a floating body or a floating facility during the breastfeeding operation at night

green light according to § 3.16 (1) (b) and the lights
according to § 3.08 (1) (b) and (c) must be deleted,
as soon as the ferries are no longer in operation.
all Pages visible white ordinary lights in sufficient
number to make their riverside outlines recognizable,


. The lights prescribed in the first sentence shall not be taken if the conditions of Section 3.20 (3) (b) or (c) or (4) are fulfilled. If the location of the swimming pool or of the floating facility prevents the ship from being obstructed and the vessel or the floating facility is not at risk of being charged by navigation, the competent authority may, for individual swimmers, or floating systems which allow decommissioning without lighting. unofficial table of contents

§ 3.24 Designation of certain
stationary fishing vessels and the networks or outriggers
(Appendix 3: Figure 48)

1.
A fishing vessel, including a small vehicle that has its nets or jibs in the running water or in the vicinity thereof, the name shall be referred to in accordance with Section 3.20 (1) during the standstill at night.
2.
The networks or outriggers of the vehicle as specified in point 1 must be called
a)
at night:

by white ordinary lights visible from all sides in
of sufficient number to make their location recognizable;
b)
at tag:

by yellow dockers in sufficient numbers to make their location know
.
3.
The competent authority may be one of the number 2 Point (b) to refer to or allow the name to differ.
unofficial table of contents

§ 3.25 Designation of floating devices
at the Work as well as fixed or sunken vehicles
(Appendix 3: Figure 49a, 49b, 50a, 50b, 51, 52)

1.
A floating device at work or a vehicle running in the waterway, carrying out work, or other measurements, and is still in the process of being shut down, must lead:
a)
by the page or the pages where the passage is free:
aa)
at night:

bb)
by day:

either
superimposed two green ordinary lights or two
green light lights;
aaa)
tabular character E.1 (Appendix 7)
or
and possibly
b)
on the side where the drive is not free:
aa)
at night:

bbb)
two green double cones on top of each other in a
distance from 1.00 m
A red ordinary light or red light in
of the same height and of the same thickness as the top green light shown in accordance with
letter a double letter aa;
bb)
in tag:

either
aaa)
panel character A.1 (Asset 7) at the same height as
the panel character as defined in letter a double letter
bb triple letter aaa
or
bbb)
a red ball at the same height as the top Double cone according to letter a double letter bb triple letter bbb.
If the vehicle referred to in the first sentence must be protected against sog or wave impact, it must be:
a)
by the page or the pages where the passage is free:
aa)
at night:

a red ordinary light and a white ordinary
light or a red light and a white bright light, the
red light 1.00 m above the white;
bb)
on tag:

a flag whose upper half is red and whose bottom half is
white, or two flags above one another, the
top red, the lower white,
b)
on the page where the passage is not free is:
aa)
at night:

a red light of the same height and of the same strength as the Letter a double letter aa shown red light;
bb)
by day:

a red flag at the same height as the white-red flag or the red flag on the other Page.
The label after records 1 and 2 is set to be so high that it is visible from all sides. The flags may be replaced by panels of the same colour.
2.
A fixed or sunken vehicle shall be the name referred to in point 1, second sentence, point (a) and (b). . If a sunken vehicle is such that the characters cannot be placed on it, they must be set to nakes, tonnes, or other suitable ways.

3.
The competent authority may be guided by the Name according to point 1 sentence 1 (a) and (b) free.
unofficial table of contents

§ 3.26 Additional name of the vehicles, Floating bodies
and floating installations, the anchors of which may endanger shipping, and their anchors
(Appendix 3: Figure 53, 54, 55)

1.
A stationary vehicle whose anchors are ejected in such a way that an anchor, an anchor cable or an anchor chain may endanger the shipping, must be in addition to the other of this Regulation prescribed for the night:

additional white ordinary
light 1,00 m visible from all sides. the light according to § 3.20, number 1, or, if two
decommissioned lights are set, under the light that is closest to the anchor on the
.
2.
If an anchor is thrown out in the cases of § 3.23 is that shipping can be at risk, the light closest to this anchor must be through

3.
In the cases of numbers 1 and 2, each of these anchors is designated with a yellow dogboat with a radar reflector.

two white ordinary lights visible from all sides, which are mounted on top of each other in
with a distance of 1.00 m, replace
.
4.
If an anchor, anchor cable, or an anchor chain of a floating device may endanger the shipping, he or she shall be called:
a)
at night:

a ton with a radar reflector and a visible from all sides white ordinary light;
b)
on Tag:

a yellow döpper with radar reflector.

Section III.
Other label

unofficial table of contents

§ 3.27 designation of the vehicles of the surveillance authorities
(Appendix 3: picture 56)

A vehicle of the Surveillance authorities in accordance with § 1.20 may show a blue sparkle at night and day in order to be able to know each other. This also applies to a fire extinguishing boat or a water rescue vehicle according to § 1.24 number 2 in the rescue mission as well as for a customs boat, a vehicle of the Federal Police or a vehicle of the Federal Criminal Police Office.

unofficial Table of contents

§ 3.28 Additional designation of the vehicles in the journey that carry out work on the waterway
(Appendix 3: Figure 57)

A vehicle in motion that works in the waterway, which is used in the form of a commuters or other Measurements may result, with the permission of the competent authority, at night and on the other day, in addition to the other name prescribed by this Regulation:

a common yellow light, visible from all sides, or a common Visible yellow light from all sides.

unofficial table of contents

§ 3.28a designation and driving rules for multi-purpose vehicles of the Bundeswehr

1.
A multi-purpose vehicle of the Bundeswehr will lead the lights during the ride at night according to § 3.08 number 1 And 1.00 m above the Topplichtes, in addition, a yellow ordinary radio light, visible from all sides, or a yellow light, visible from all sides, which must be switched on at night and by day.
2.
The vehicle according to number 1 behaves basically like a small vehicle during the ride. § § 6.02 and 6.02a numbers 1 and 4.
Non-official table of contents

§ 3.29 Protection against sog and wavelling
(Appendix 3: Figure 58)

1.
A drive-in or out-of-date vehicle, a ride or a ride. , in addition to the other, the floating body, or a floating or stationary floating facility, which wishes to be protected against sog and wave impact of a passing vehicle or float, may, in addition to the other, be of this Regulation prescribed by this Regulation:
a)
at night:

a red ordinary and a white ordinary light or
a red light and a white bright light, the red light 1.00 m
above the white, at a place where it well seen and
can't be confused with other lights;
b)
by day:

flag whose upper half is red and their lower half white is
, at a suitable location and so high that it is visible from all sides
. The flag can be replaced by two flags,
the upper red, the lower white.

The flags can be replaced by panels of the same color.

2.
From the label to the number 1 may only make use of:
a)
a vehicle, a floating body or a floating facility, the or which is seriously damaged or that involved in rescue operations, as well as a maneuverable vehicle;
b)
a vehicle, a floating body, or A floating facility with written permission from the competent authority
§ 3.25 remains untouched.
unofficial table of contents

§ 3.30 Not_Character
(Asset 3: Figure 59)

1.
An in-need vehicle that wants to call for help by visual characters can show:
a)
at night:

light that is swung in circles;
b)
on tag:

a red flag that is swung in a circle, or another
suitable object that is swung in circles.
2.
The view characters after Number 1 replace or supplement the sound signs in accordance with § 4.04.
unofficial table of contents

§ 3.31 Note to the ban on the vehicle to be used enter
(Appendix 3: Figure 60)

1.
If there are no other employees on board Regulations are forbidden to enter the vehicle, this prohibition must be made by round white panels with a red border, a red slash and
a)
a black symbol of the pedestrian or
b)
a black symbol of a calling person holding up a hand defensive,
are displayed. The panels shall be placed on board or on the catwalk, as required. By way of derogation from Section 3.03 (3), its diameter shall be at least 0.60 m.
2.
The panels shall be illuminated if necessary so that they are clear at night. visible.
Unofficial table of contents

§ 3.32 Note to the prohibition to smoke, use unprotected light or fire
(Appendix 3: Figure 61)

1.
If prohibited by other regulations, on board
a)
to smoke,
b)
Use unprotected light or fire
must use round white panels to use red margin and red slash on
a)
a burning cigar in black color
)
an inflamed match wood in black color
is displayed. The panels shall be placed on board or on the catwalk, as required. By way of derogation from Section 3.03 (3), its diameter shall be at least 0.60 m.
2.
The panels shall be illuminated if necessary so that they are clear at night. visible.
unofficial table of contents

§ 3.33 Note to the ban on the standstill side by side
(Appendix 3: Figure 62)

1.
Insofar as the sideways are close to a vehicle by other regulations or by the special requirements of the competent authority shall be prohibited, this vehicle must be placed on the deck in the longitudinal axis

a square board, including a triangular additional shield.
The square board is white with red border on both sides and carries a red slash from the top left to the bottom right and a black "P" in midfield. The triangular additional sign is white on both sides and shows in black numbers the distance in meters within which the standstill is prohibited.
2.
At night the panels must be illuminated in such a way that they are clearly visible on both sides of the vehicle.
3.
This paragraph does not apply to the vehicles referred to in § 3.21; Thrust federations or coupled vehicles.

Section IV.
Obligations

Non-tamous Table of Contents

§ 3.34 Behavioural Requirements

1.
The ship's guide and the ship's guide according to § 1.03 Number 3 responsible for the course and speed shall each ensure that in the cases of § 3.01 number 2 the lights prescribed for the night are also set at day.
2.
The ship's guide and the person responsible pursuant to § 1.03 (3) for course and speed shall each ensure that on the vehicle, the bandage, the swimming body or the floating installation as described in section 3.08 (1), also in conjunction with point 2 and with § 3.28a number 1, § 3.11 (1), § 3.12 (1), § 3.15 sentence 1, § 3.17, § 3.18 (1) sentence 1, and § 3.19, respectively, during the
3.
The ship's guide and the person responsible pursuant to Section 1.03 (3) for course and speed shall each ensure that the The vehicle, the bandage, the pre-tensioning, the floating body or the floating installation in the number 1 to 4 of section 3.09, points 1 to 4, § 3.10 number 1 to 4, § 3.13 number 1 to 6, § 3.14 number 1 to 7, also in conjunction with point 8, and § 3.16 number 1 to 3
4.
4.
The ship's driver may only lead the vehicle if
a)
whose lights are visible from all sides in accordance with § 3.02, number 1, and a uniform, uninterrupted light,
b)
whose signal lights comply with the rules referred to in § 3.02 (2) sentence 1,
c)
whose night-name is the scope according to § 3.02 number 3.
5.
The ship's guide has ensure that the
a)
flags, panels and pimpels used on the vehicle are subject to the requirements According to § 3.03 number 1 to 3, § 3.31 number 1 sentence 3 and § 3.32 number 1 sentence 3, and
b)
cylinders, balls and cones meet the requirements of § 3.04, number 2 and 3
6.
The ship's guide shall ensure that on the vehicle or the association in the in § 3.20 (1) and (2), § 3.21 in conjunction with § 3.14 Points 1 to 7, sections 3.22 (1) and 2 (1), 3.24 (1) and (2), § 3.25 (1) and (2) and (2) and (3) (1) shall be referred to as the prescribed name during the decommissioning period.
7.
The ship's guide has to ensure that a ejected anchor of the vehicle during the standstill is referred to in the case referred to in section 3.26 (1) in accordance with section 3.26, point 3.
8.
The ship's guide shall ensure that the designation referred to in Section 3.22 (2), second sentence, is deleted.
9.
The ship's guide has to ensure that on the vehicle, the ban
a)
Entering according to § 3.31 Number 1, also in conjunction with Number 2,
b)
to smoke and unprotected Use light or fire in accordance with Section 3.32 (1), also in conjunction with point 2, and
c)
of the standstill side by side in accordance with section 3.33, point 1, also in Connection with number 2
is pointed out in the prescribed manner.
10.
The ship's guide, owner and equipment manufacturer must ensure that the swimming body or the floating facility at night is not in accordance with § 3.23 Sentence 1 the prescribed designation.
11.
The ship's guide, owner and supplier shall each have to ensure that the floating body or the floating body Installation at night in the case of a standstill in the case referred to in Section 3.26 (2), the name prescribed there.
12.
The ship's guide, owner and Equipment shall be provided to ensure that an anchor of the floating body or floating installation, which is still in place at night, is designated in the case referred to in Section 3.26 (2) in accordance with Section 3.26 (3).
13.
The ship's guide, owner and supplier shall each ensure that an anchor, an anchor cable or an anchor chain of the floating device, the, the or the shipping , according to § 3.26, point 4.
14.
The owner and the equipment manufacturer must in each case only be able to put into service a vehicle or an association. arrange or allow if
a)
the lights of which are visible from all sides in accordance with Section 3.02 (1); and a uniform, uninterrupted light,
b)
the signal lights of which correspond to the rules referred to in Section 3.02 (2),
c)
whose night-name has the scope prescribed by § 3.02, point 3, clause 2.

Chapter 4
Sound signs of the Vehicles, speech radio, navigation devices

Section I.
Sound signs (Appendix 6)

unofficial table of contents

§ 4.01 general

1.
As far as this regulation requires the giving of a sound and not the use of the bell, it has to be given as follows:
a)
on a vehicle with a machine drive, except a small vehicle, by means of a mechanical operated sound equipment, which is sufficiently high to allow the sound to spread forward and, if possible, as well as to be aft;
b)
on a vehicle without a machine drive and on a small vehicle by means of a sonic device, a suitable horn or a suitable horn.
2.
On a vehicle with At the same time, the machine drive must be given a light sign with the same length of sound, which must be yellow, bright and visible from all sides. This does not apply to a small vehicle as well as to bell signs.
3.
Driving vehicles in an association, is a prescribed audible sign only from the vehicle to give, on which the leader of the association is located, at a trawl of the motorized vehicle at the top of the association.
4.
A group of bell-blows must take about four seconds. It can be replaced by blows of metal on metal of the same duration.
5.
The ship's guide and the responsible according to § 1.03 number 3 for the course and speed Each person must ensure that a prescribed sound character is given in the manner prescribed in points 1, 2, first sentence, and point 4, also in conjunction with point 3.
Table of Contents unofficial

§ 4.02 Use of the sound characters

1.
Subject to other provisions of this Regulation, each vehicle-with the exception of a small vehicle-must, in the cases referred to in Appendix 6, have the respective sound signs mentioned in Annex 6. .
2.
A small vehicle may, if necessary, give the general sound signals according to section A of Appendix 6.
3.
The ship's guide and the person responsible pursuant to § 1.03 (3) for the course and speed must in each case ensure that the sound symbol prescribed by number 1 is given
Non-official table of contents

§ 4.03 Forbidden Sound sign

1.
No other than the sound characters provided for in this regulation may be used or under may be used for which it is not required or permitted by this Regulation.
2.
For the understanding of vehicle to vehicle and between vehicle However, countries may also use a different type of sound, provided that this does not lead to confusion with the sound signs provided for in this Regulation.
Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 4.04 Not_Character

1.
A vehicle that wants to call for help by means of a sound sign, especially when the vehicle has fallen in distress or a person has fallen overboard, can either ring with the bell or
2.
Replace these sound marks or add the visible signs according to § 3.30.

section II.
voice radio

unofficial table of contents

§ 4.05 voice radio

1.
Each speech func on board of a vehicle or a floating facility must be
a)
the Regional Agreement on inland waterway radio and
b)
Directive 1999 /5/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 9. 1 March 1999 on radio equipment and telecommunications terminal equipment and the mutual recognition of their conformity (OJ L 327, 30.4.1999, p. 10
. The radio equipment must be in accordance with the provisions of
a)
of the agreement referred to in point (a) of the first sentence, which shall be Manual inland waterway radio (Section 1.10 (1) (l)),
(b)
the provisions of this Regulation and
c)
inland waterways-radio ordinance
are operated. Radio messages and radio messages are to be executed in German. The Federal Ministry of Transport, Building and Urban Development announcises the current status of the manual inland waterway radio in the traffic bulletin.
2.
A vehicle with Machine drive, with the exception of a small vehicle, a ferry or a floating device, may only be used if it is equipped with two operating-safe speech func-tions. During the journey, a telephone system in the traffic circle Schiff-Schiff and the other communication station in the traffic circle Nautische Information must be constantly on the sending and listening. The Nautical Information traffic circle may only be abandoned for transmission or receipt of messages on other channels in the short term.
3.
A ferry or a A floating device with a machine drive may only be used if it is equipped with an operating-safe speech-finding system. During the journey, the communication station in the traffic circle ship-ship must be constantly sending-and listening. This transport price may only be abandoned for the transmission or reception of messages on other channels in the short term. The rates 1 and 2 shall also apply during the further operation of the ferry outside the journey.
4.
Each vehicle equipped with a telephone system must be in front of the vehicle. Access to uncluttered routes, waterways or bridge openings on the channel assigned to the ship-ship.
5.
To ensure of safe radio traffic, the antennas of the speech funder systems are to be placed vertically in constripation and to run out as high as possible. Sentence 1 shall not apply in so far as the local conditions do not allow the antennae of the speech-radio equipment to be placed vertically.
6.
The panel sign B.11 (Appendix 7) shows to an obligation, as defined by the competent authority, to use radio communications.
7.
The ship's guide and the ship's guide pursuant to § 1.03, point 3, for course and speed responsible person shall in each case ensure that the speech sound equipment of the vehicle or of the floating facility is only in the second sentence of the second sentence of paragraph 1, the second sentence of the second sentence of paragraph 2 and the second sentence of the third sentence of paragraph 3, also in connection with sentence 4, and the third sentence of the third sentence of paragraph 3,
8.
The ship's guide shall, without prejudice to point 6, ensure that
a)
the speech func of the vehicle or its floating system according to the number 1 sentence 1 (a) and (b) and
b)
equipped with the office equipment required by the first sentence of the first sentence of paragraph 2 and the first sentence of the third sentence of paragraph 3
9.
The owner and the equipment supplier may only arrange the putting into service of a vehicle, an association or a floating installation, or If
a)
the vehicle or the association with the first sentence of 2 and 3 of the first sentence of paragraph 3
b)
the speech sound equipment of the vehicle or of the floating installation according to the provisions of point 1 (1) (b) a and b and operate according to the requirements of paragraph 1 sentence 2.

Section III.
navigation devices

Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 4.06 Radar

1.
A vehicle may only use radar if
a)
it is equipped with a radar device and a device for displaying the turning speed of the vehicle in accordance with Section 7.06 of Annex II of the Inland Waterway Search Order, which must be Equipment in good operating condition and one from the water and shipping authority of the Water and Shipping Administration at the Koblenz Water and Shipping Office or by the competent authorities of another Rhine-State or Belgium , however, a non-free ferry does not need to be fitted with a device for displaying the turning speed,
b)
onboard a person who has a patent under the regulation on the granting of radar patents on the federal waterways outside the Rhine or a person from the Federal Ministry of Economics and Research for transport, construction and urban development as a radar certificate recognized as equivalent and well known in the traffic bulletin.
A small vehicle must also be equipped with a telephone system in good operating condition for the transport circuit ship-ship. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1.09 (3), radar may, in the case of a good view, be used for training purposes other than the first sentence of the first subparagraph, even if a person is not on board in accordance with the first sentence of 1 (b).
2.
In the case of a thrustbelt or coupled vehicle, the number 1 applies only to the vehicle on which the leader of the association is located.
3.
The ship's guide and the person responsible according to § 1.03 point 3 for course and speed shall each ensure that on the vehicle radar only according to the sentence in number 1 1, also in connection with the second sentence, is used.
4.
The owner and the equipment manufacturer may each have the radar travel of a vehicle or association. only arrange or allow if
a)
the vehicle or the association with one for inland waterway transport an appropriate radar device and a device for indicating the turning speed of the vehicle referred to in point 1, first sentence, point (a), in the case of a small vehicle or association consisting only of small vehicles, in addition to a speech sound system according to Number 1, second sentence, equipped and
b)
the vehicle or the association with a suitable person as specified in the first sentence of the first sentence of paragraph 1 (b
.
unofficial table of contents

§ 4.07 Inland AIS Devices

1.
A vehicle, with the exception of a seagoing ship and a small vehicle, which predominantly includes the sea waterways , may only use AIS if it is equipped with a domestic AIS device. The equipment must be in good operating condition and comply with a type approved by the authority of a Rhine State or of Belgium according to the Test Standard for Inland AIS (Decision of the Central Commission for the Rhine Navigation 2007-I-15). In addition, a small vehicle must be equipped with a radio telephone system in good operating condition for the ship-ship.
2.
A vehicle may be used for the transport of a vehicle. Use AIS only if the parameters entered in the AIS device correspond to the actual parameters of the vehicle at any given time.
3.
The ship's guide and the person responsible for course and speed in accordance with section 1.03 (3) shall each ensure that the AIS vehicle is used only in accordance with the requirements referred to in point 1 in connection with point 2.

Chapter 5
Shipping Sign and Name of waterway

Non-official Table of Contents

§ 5.01 Shipping signs

1.
Appendix 7 contains the shipping signs for prohibitions, bids, restrictions, recommendations and notices, which shall be arranged by the competent authority in the interests of the safety and ease of transport. At the same time, the meaning of these characters is indicated.
2.
Without prejudice to the other provisions of this Regulation, the ship's guide or the ship's guide shall be required to comply with § 1.03 (3) for the person responsible for the course and the speed, to follow the order and to respect the recommendation and the notice given to them by a sign referred to in point 1 on the waterway or on their shores, or
Non-official table of contents

§ 5.02 Name of the waterway

1.
Appendix 8 contains the shipping characters that can be designed or set up to To facilitate shipping. It lists the conditions under which the various shipping signs are used.
2.
Appendix 8 also determines the shipping signs for the designation from temporarily existing dangerous places and obstacles.

Chapter 6
Driving rules

Section I.
General

unofficial table of contents

§ 6.01

(without content) unofficial table of contents

§ 6.02 Mutual behavior of small vehicles and other vehicles

1.
A single-moving small vehicle or an association consisting exclusively of small vehicles must be
a)
a vehicle that shows the blue sparkle in accordance with § 3.27, when you encounter, cross and overtake the blue sparkle
b)
leave all the rest of the vehicles necessary for their course and manoeuvring
A small vehicle or a bandage in the sense of sentence 1 cannot require a vehicle to evoke it. If, for nautical reasons, the driving rule of sentence 1 (a) cannot be complied with, the small vehicle or association liable to be evasive must show in good time and unequivocably by appropriate manoeuvres, such as
2.
The § § 6.03a, 6.04, 6.05, 6.07, 6.08, number 1, § § 6.10, 6.11 and 6.12, with the exception of the regulation by the Table sign B.1 (Appendix 7), apply they are not applicable to either a small vehicle or an association within the meaning of the first sentence of point 1. A vehicle which is not a small vehicle requires section 6.09 (2), sections 6.13, 6.14, 6.16, 6.20 (1) (b) and (c) and 6.23 (1) not to be compared to a small vehicle or to an association within the meaning of the first sentence of paragraph 1
3.
Without prejudice to § § 1.04, 1.06 and 6.20, a small vehicle with a machine drive or an association within the meaning of the first sentence of paragraph 1 may be used in front of a Badeufer or a camping site and a nearby fishing or fishing fishing gear located in the vicinity only as fast as possible to maintain its ability to control the fishing vessel. Any obstructing or harassing retraction of another vehicle or of a small vehicle or moving around a fishing gear shall be prohibited. When passing by a person, the distance must be so large that it is not endangered by wave impact or suction effect, or is more than unavoidable in the circumstances.
unofficial table of contents

§ 6.02a Special driving rules for small vehicles among themselves

1.
A small vehicle with machine drive has to evade a small vehicle without a machine drive.
2.
A A small vehicle, which does not drive either with a driving machine or under sail, has to avoid a small vehicle running under sail.
3.
A small vehicle that after Number 1 or 2 must be subject to a notice, if you encounter his/her course in good time, after tax board. Provided that this rule cannot be complied with for nautical reasons, the small vehicle, which is subject to an exusive condition, must show in good time and unequivocably through appropriate manoeuvres as to how it wishes to avoid it. In addition, the identity of the evailiation in accordance with sentence 1 or 2 may be indicated by the giving of the sound signals provided for in Section 4.02 (2).
4.
Two small vehicles with Machine drives whose courses cross such that there is a risk of a collision, must avoid each other as follows:
a)
if you are approaching opposite or near opposite courses, each one has to change its course to starboard so that it is on the other side of the backboard ()
b)
If your courses cross, you will have to avoid the one that has the other on its starboard side; § § 6.13, 6.14 and 6.16 will not be
Set 1 shall also apply to two small-scale vehicles without a machine drive that do not sail under the sail. Point 3, sentence 3 shall apply.
5.
Two small-scale vehicles whose courses cross each other in such a way that there is a risk of a collision, must be as follows: follows:
a)
if you don't have the wind from the same side, the vehicle that is the wind of the backboard has to avoid the other;
b)
if they have the wind from the same side, the luvside vehicle must be the leesside vehicle soften;
c)
if a vehicle with wind from backbord sighs a vehicle in Luv and can't determine with certainty whether the other vehicle is the wind of backbord or from starboard, it has to depart from the other.
A small vehicle under sail overhauls another small vehicle running under sail the Luvseite. Luvseite is the side that is opposite to the set big sail. Point 3 sentence 3 shall apply accordingly.
6.
A small vehicle travelling under sail shall not cross the wind in such a way that it is another small vehicle which is the one on its own.
7.
The numbers 1 to 6 are valid with regard to an association within the meaning of § 6.02 (1) sentence 1

Section II.
Encounter, Cross and Overtake

Non-tamous Table of Contents

§ 6.03 General Principles

1.
The Encounter, Crossing, or overtaking is only if the water provides sufficient space for the journey, taking into account all the local circumstances and the rest of the traffic.
2.
Driving Vehicles in an association shall be given the signs prescribed in § § 3.17, 6.04 and 6.10 only from the vehicle on which the leader of the association is located, in the case of trawl associations of the motorized vehicle at the top of the vehicle. Association.
3.
When you encounter, cross or overtake vehicles whose courses exclude any danger of a collision, do not take their course or speed in a way that could lead to the risk of a collision.
unofficial table of contents

§ 6.03a Crossing

1.
Crosses the courses of two vehicles in such a way that there is a risk of collision, Vehicle which has the other vehicle on starboard, dodge it out and, if circumstances permit, avoid crossing the course in front of the vehicle.
2.
Number 1 does not apply in the cases of § § 6.02a, 6.13, 6.14 and 6.16.
*)
Official Note: Rule applies neither for a small vehicle nor for an association within the meaning of section 6.02 (1), first sentence, nor to apply it to it.
Table of Contents

§ 6.04 General provisions for the encounter
(Appendix 3: Figure 63)

1.
When you encounter the local circumstances and the rest of the traffic, the mountain driver has to leave a suitable way for the cyclist.
2.
A mountain driver who lets a cyclist drive past backbord does not give a sign.
3.
A Mountain driver who lets a cyclist pass the starboard to starboard, must show in time for starboard:
a)
at night:

white bright sparkle light that also has a light blue board
allowed;
b)
on tag:

light blue board that is coupled to a white bright light
is.
The light blue panel must have a white margin of at least 5.00 cm wide, frame and linkage as well as the light of the sparkle light may only be of dark color. These characters must be visible in advance and from the aft and shown up to the end of the journey. They may no longer be kept unless the mountain driver wants to indicate his intention to continue to let a valley driver pass by to starboard.
4.
Is it to be feared that the driver's intention is not understood by the cyclist, the mountain driver must give the following signs:
a)
"a short note" if you want the backbord to be done before;
b)
"two short notes" if you want to take the starboard to starboard.
5.
Without prejudice to § 6.05 the cyclist must take the road that the mountain driver has in accordance with the above provisions; he must reciprocate the line of sight referred to in point 3 and the sound signs referred to in point 4 which the mountain driver has addressed to them.
*)
Official Note: Rule does not apply to either a small car or a federation within the meaning of section 6.02 (1) Sentence 1 is still to be applied to it.
Non-official table of contents

§ 6.05 Exceptions to the general provisions for the encounter

1.
Deviating from § 6.04 can
a)
a passenger ship travelling to the valley, which provides a regular service and the maximum permissible The number of passengers is at least 300 persons, if it is intended to apply to a landing bridge located on the shore held by the mountain driver,
b)
a to valley driving Towed dressing, which wants to keep a certain shore for the purpose of spinning
from the mountain driver to ask him to release another way, if that according to § 6.04 rejected path is not suitable for him. However, he may only do so after he has verified that his request can be met without danger.
2.
In the cases of the number 1, the driver must:
a)
"a short sound" when the trip to the backbord takes place
b)
"two short notes" and also the line of sight according to § 6.04, point 3, if the pre-accession is to take place on starboard
3.
The mountain driver must conform to the driver's request and confirm this as follows:
a)
should the backbord move past, they must "give a short sound" and also remove the line of sight according to § 6.04 Number 3;
b)
should the starboard take place at starboard, they must give "two short notes" and also the visual signs according to § 6.04 number 3.
4.
If it is to be feared that the driver's intentions have not been understood by the mountain driver, the cyclist will have to repeat the sound signs after number 2.
*)
Official Note: Rule does not apply to either a small car or a federation within the meaning of section 6.02 (1) Sentence 1 is still to be applied to it.
Non-official table of contents

§ 6.06

(without content) unofficial table of contents

§ 6.07 Encounter in tight driveway

1.
In order to avoid, if possible, a counter on a route or at a location where the water does not provide sufficient space for the journey (waterway), the following applies: The following:
a)
A vehicle must travel through a waterway in as short a time as possible, with the result that: Overtaking prohibited;
b)
in the case of a restricted view, a vehicle must be "sound" before it enters a waterway; it must be the sound mark during the journey. Repeat the journey at intervals of not more than one minute;
c)
a mountain driver must, if he finds that a driver is in the term, into a waterway. To enter, stop below the end until the cyclist has passed it;
d)
a cyclist must, if a vehicle or a bandage is already on the mountain in a When possible, the drivway has to remain above the end until the mountain driver has passed through it
2.
Is the encounter in a Unavoidable, the vehicles must take all possible measures to ensure that they meet in one place and under conditions that close the risk as little as possible.
*)
Official Note: Rule does not apply to either a small vehicle or a federation within the meaning of section 6.02 (1) sentence 1 to apply.
Non-official table of contents

§ 6.08 Forbidden by shipping signs

1. **)
On a route marked by the A.4
table sign (Appendix 7), you will be forbidden to encounter and overtake
The ban according to the first sentence can be limited to vehicles and associations from a certain length or width; in this case, the length or width will be on a rectangular white additional table attached below the A.4 table. For a route marked in accordance with the first sentence, the provisions of section 6.07, point 1 shall also apply accordingly.
2.
If the responsible authority on a particular route will prevent the
from encountering any of the following: Driving only
in one direction means:
a)
a general character A.1 (Appendix 7):
no drive through;
b)
a general character E.1 (Appendix 7):
free passage.

* *)
Official note: § 6.08 (1) does not apply to either a small vehicle or an association within the meaning of section 6.02 (1) sentence 1.
unofficial table of contents

§ 6.09 Overtaking general rules for overtaking

1.
The overtaking is only allowed after the overhaul has verified that this maneuver can be run without danger.
2.
The front-end must make it easier to overtake, as far as is necessary and possible. It must, if necessary, reduce its speed so that the overtaking manoeuvre can be carried out safely and so quickly that the rest of the traffic is not impeded.
unofficial table of contents

§ 6.10 behavior and drawing of vehicles when overtaking

1.
The overhaul may be overhauled to backbord or to the starboard control board. If overtaking is possible without the person needing to change the course, the overtaking does not give a sound character.
2.
If the overtaking does not take place , without the person concerned changing the course, or if it is to be feared that the person in advance has not recognised the intention of the overtaking, thereby creating the risk of a collision, the overtaking shall be Sound signs:
a)
"two long notes, two short notes" when it is on the front end of the front end to overtake;
b)
"two long notes, a short sound", if he wants to overtake the starboard driving board.
3.
If the person ahead can meet the request of the passing person, he/she must leave enough room for the overhaul at the desired page, if necessary by following the
4.
If the overtaking is not possible on the other side of the page, but on the other hand, the front end of the vehicle must be Sound signs:
a)
"a short sound" when the overtaking on the back board is possible is;
b)
"two short notes" when overtaking control board is possible
Overtaking, if it still wants to overtake under the circumstances now given, must give the following sound marks:
a)
"two short notes" in the case of sentence 1 letter a;
b)
"a short note" in the case of the sentence 1 Letter b.
The front end must leave enough room for the overtaking to take place at the side where the overtaking is to take place by
5.
If a safe overhaul is impossible, the forward-moving "five short notes" must be given.
*)
Official Note: Rule does not apply to either a small car or a federation within the meaning of section 6.02 (1) Sentence 1 is still to be applied to it.
Unofficial table of contents

§ 6.11 Prohibition of overtaking by shipping signs

Without prejudice to the § 6.08 Number 1 consists
on the local circumstances, the Characters that bans the
passage are announced by the
Table sign B.8 (Appendix 7) used as an early warning sign.
1.
on a track marked beginning by the A.2
table character (Appendix 7), a general overtaking ban;
2.
on a track marked beginning by the A.3
table character (Appendix 7), a ban on federations between associations;
does not apply if one of the following is Associations is a thrust assembly,
its length is 110.00 m and its width does not exceed 12,00 m.
*)
Official note: Rule does not apply to a small vehicle or to a Association within the meaning of Section 6.02 (1) sentence 1 is still applicable to it.

Section III.
More rules for driving

unofficial table of contents

§ 6.12 ride on pre-written course

1.
On a track marked with one of the panel characters B.1, B.2a, B.2b, B.3a, B.3b, B.4a or B.4b (Appendix 7), a vehicle must be the class prescribed by the panel character Following.







2.
On a number 1 the following is valid:
a)
a mountain driver who is on the shore on the shore of the shore , it must always show the visual signs in accordance with Section 6.04 (3);
b)
crosses a mountain driver in pursuit of the prescribed number 1 by the panel signs referred to in point 1 In order to be able to set the waterway from starboard to backbord, it must set the line of sight referred to in point (a) in good time; if it crosses the waterway in the opposite direction, it must remove this line of sight in good time;
c)
a mountain driver must not in any case hinder the ride of the cyclist; in particular when approaching the table signs B.4a or B.4b, he must, if necessary, speed up his speed
* *)
Official note: provision, except for the scheme by Table B.1 (Appendix 7), does not apply to either a small vehicle or an association within the meaning of section 6.02 (1) sentence 1, nor to apply it to it.
name="BJNR000210012BJNE009300000 " />Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 6.13 Contact

1.
A vehicle is only allowed to turn,
a)
after making sure that the rest of the traffic, taking into account the following numbers 2 and 3, allows this without danger, and
b)
another vehicle will not be forced to change its course or its speed unexpectedly.
2.
If the intended maneuver can force or force another vehicle to deviate from its course or change its speed, the vehicle that wants to use it must announcing its intention in time as follows:
a)
by "a long tone, a short sound" when it wants to turn over starboard;
b)
by "a long tone, two short notes" if it wants to turn over backbord.
3.
The other vehicle must change its speed and course if necessary and possible so that the turning can be done without danger.
4.
On one through the Table characters A.8 (Appendix 7) marked
route is forbidden to turn.
Is a route through the E.8 table character (Appendix 7),
is recommended to the ship's guide to apply where the requirements are to be observed in
numbers 1 to 3.
If a stretch is indicated by the E.8 table sign (Appendix 7) with an additional rectangular white panel attached below
,
is recommended to the ship guide with a vehicle up to
of the length specified on the additional panel, and the depth of charge allowed on the
waterway, where the requirements of
in numbers 1 to 3 are to be observed.
unofficial table of contents

§ 6.14 behavior before departure

1.
§ 6.13 Number 1 to 3 shall apply, in accordance with point 2 below, for a vehicle that leaves its lying or anchorage without turning.
2.
A vehicle that leaves its berth or anchorage has the following characters instead of the sound symbol referred to in Section 6.13 (2):
a)
"a short sound" when it directs its course to starboard;
b)
"two short notes" if it sets its course to backbord.
unofficial Table of Contents

§ 6.15 Prohibition of moving into
the distances between parts of a towing association

It is forbidden to move into the distances between the parts of a towing association. Non-official table of contents

§ 6.16 Cross the waterway;
entrance to and exit from ports and side waterways

1.
A vehicle is allowed to
a)
just exit from a port or a side waterway and turn into the main waterway,
b)
Crossing the main waterway or
c)
into a port or a side waterway only entering,
after it has been verified that the manoeuvre can be performed without creating a hazard and without the risk of another vehicle does not have to change course or speed. A cyclist who has to turn up to a port or a side waterway has to leave the way to a mountain driver who also wants to drive in.

A waterway that is to be considered as a side waterway can be A table character E.9 or E.10 (Appendix 7).

2.
A vehicle with the exception of a ferry which is intended to be a manoeuvre within the meaning of point 1, which may force or force another vehicle to change its course or speed, its intention must be announced in good time as follows: style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
a)
by "three long notes, a short sound" when it is on the driveway before or after the exit wants to set the starboard;
b)
by "three long notes, two short notes", if it is set to backbord before the driveway or after the exit wants;
c)
by "three long tones", if it wants to cross the waterway after the exit; if it wants to change its direction before the end of the cross, there must be:
aa)
"a long sound, a short sound" when it sets its course to starboard wants;
bb)
"a long sound, two short notes" if it wants to set its course to the back board.
The other vehicle must then change its course and speed as necessary.
3.
If at the exit of a port or at the mouth of a side waterway a table sign B.9a or B.9b (Appendix 7) is appropriate, one from the port or from the side waterway may be If a vehicle on the main waterway is not forced to change its course or speed.

The main waterway used meets one of the two pages
Side waterway.
The used Main waterway meets a side waterway that opens from starboard
.
E.9b
The main waterway used hits one of backbord
Auxiliary Waterway.
E.9c
The side waterway used meets a main waterway that leads from both sides
.
The secondary waterway used opens into a
main waterway.

4.
A red light, character A.1 (Appendix 7), with a white arrow
(Section II, point 2, letter c) Appendix 7) indicates that the entry
is prohibited in the direction of the arrow in the direction of the arrow or in the
secondary waterway located in the direction of the arrow.
5.
A yellow sparkle (sign E.12a of Appendix 7) at a port mouth
or the mouth of a Side waterway indicates that a
vehicle is running out and that the driveway is therefore to be taken with caution to
. A vehicle in the main waterway must then change its course and speed to the extent necessary,
as far as necessary
6.
If the characters according to points 4 and 5 are not given, may not enter a side waterway or a port whose mouth or its mouth for a simultaneous entrance and exit is not provides sufficient space, will only be retracted if no vehicle is running out.
unofficial table of contents

§ 6.17 Drive at the same level; Ban on vehicle approximation

1.
Vehicles must not drive at the same altitude. Small vehicles shall be allowed to travel at the same altitude if the available space is permitted without any disturbance or danger to shipping.
2.
Except when overtaking, when dealing with the vehicle or prior access, it shall be prohibited to travel closer than 50,00 m to a vehicle or a bandage which shall lead to a designation in accordance with Section 3.14, point 2 or 3.
3.
The application or attachment to a vehicle or a float in the ride as well as the driving in the sogwater are prohibited without the express permission of the ship's guide. § 1.20 shall remain unaffected.
4.
People who do not operate water sports with a vehicle must be travelling from a vehicle or a floating body in a ride or from a floating vehicle. Keep the equipment at such a distance during the work that the navigation or the work of the floating device is not disturbed or endangered.
unofficial table of contents

§ 6.18 Prohibition of the loop class of anchors, trosses, or chains

1.
It is forbidden to grind an anchor, a trosse, or a chain.
2.
The ban as specified in paragraph 1 does not apply either to the driver, if
is allowed, or to small Movements on a reclining location
and transhipment point as well as on a talk. However, such
movements apply on a route for which there is a general ban on anchorage
and on a route marked by Table A.6 (Appendix 7) in accordance with section 7.03 (1)
(b).
unofficial table of contents

§ 6.19 shipping by driver classes

1.
Driveway shipping is prohibited without the permission of the competent authority.
2.
The ban after Number 1 shall not apply to a small vehicle, as well as to small movements on a reclining location, transhipment point, talk, and in the lock area.
3.
A vehicle that is Bug Moving to the mountain with a forward-running drive machine to the valley, is not considered a driving vehicle, but as a mountain driver.
Non-official Table of Contents

§ 6.20 Avoidance of wave stroke

1.
A vehicle must be Set up speed in such a way as to avoid wastage or sogeffects which can cause damage to a stationary or a driving vehicle or a floating body or an installation. It must reduce its speed in time, but not to the extent necessary for its safe control:
a)
in front of a port injunction;
b)
near a vehicle that is stuck on the shore or on a runway
, or that loads or deletes;
c)
close to a vehicle that stops at a normal berth;
d)
near a non-stop-free vehicle free ferry;
e)
on a route marked by the character A.9 (Appendix 7).
2.
A small car is committed to in accordance with point 1, second sentence, point (b) and (c) above; § 1.04 shall remain unaffected.
3.
When driving forward, style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
a)
on a vehicle that is the label according to § 3.25 number 1 sentence 2 letter a,
b)
on a vehicle, a floating body, or a floating facility that is named according to § 3.29 number 1, or
c)
in one place and a vehicle that is named after § 8.12
reduce the speed of the vehicle as required in point 1. It also has to keep as wide a distance as possible.
Non-official table of contents

§ 6.21 Compilation of federations

1.
A machine-driven vehicle that moves a bandage must have sufficient In order to ensure the good maneuverability of the association,
2.
A vehicle with a machine drive may not be used in the case of rescue or rescue operation.
Assistance in emergency situations shall only be used for towing, pushing or locomoting of coupled vehicles, to the extent that this is permitted in the certificate of travel approval. In this case, the vehicle with a machine drive which, in the case of coupled vehicles, represents the main driving force, must be located on the control board side. However, if one or more vehicles are carried without a machine drive, one may be coupled to the starboard side.
3.
A passenger ship and a Passengers on board, or passengers on board, shall not be allowed to travel longitudinally; it or it shall not be allowed to tow or towed unless it is necessary to tow a damaged vehicle
4.
Number 2 set 1 does not apply
a)
for towing a small vehicle through another vehicle and
b)
for towing and The movement of a sports vehicle, which is a small vehicle, by another sports vehicle, which is a small vehicle, provided that the ship's driver ensures safe towing or coupled forward movement
name="BJNR000210012BJNE010200000 "/>Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 6.22 Locking of Shipping and Locked Water Surfaces

1.
If the competent authority is represented by a common character A.1
(asset 7) announcates that shipping is locked, must stop a
vehicle before the sign. Certain types of vehicle
can be excluded
2.
The drive of a Water surface marked by the
A.1a panel character (Appendix 7) is prohibited from a vehicle or a
floating body, except for a small vehicle without a
drive machine.
3.
The sailing of a water surface, which is a series of yellow tons (Appendix 8, Section VIII) through the straight line
between two or more characters as specified in point 1 or by
Picture 33/34)
is limited, is forbidden to all vehicles and swimming bodies.
unofficial table of contents

§ 6.22a Advance on floating devices
at work, as well as fixed or sunken Vehicles
(Appendix 3: Pic 50a, 50b, 52)

It is forbidden to go past one of the vehicles referred to in § 3.25 at the side where it
1.
the red light according to
§ 3.25 number 1
set 1 letter b
double letter aa,
set 2 Letter b
double letter aa,
number 2 sentence 1,
2.
the
A.1 table character (Appendix 7)
or the red ball
according to § 3.25
set 1 number 1
letter b double letter bb
or
3.
the red flag according to § 3.25 number 1 sentence 2 letter b
double letter bb, number 2 sentence 1
shows.

Section IV.
Ferries

Non-official table of contents

§ 6.23 Behavior of ferries

1.
A ferry can only cross a waterway if it has verified that the rest of the traffic allows a driverless crossing and another vehicle is not forced to change its course or its speed immediately.
2.
For a non-free In addition, the following applies:
a)
as long as a ferry is not in operation, it must: Take a berth assigned by the competent authority; if you are not assigned a berth, it must be such that the water remains free;
b)
A ferry with a longitudinal cable, which is anchored in such a way that it can block the water, shall be situated on the side of the water which is opposite to the anchorage of the rope, only as long as it is absolutely necessary for loading and loading; during this Time may require an approaching vehicle, with the exception of a small vehicle or an association consisting exclusively of small vehicles, from the ferry to free the running water by making it or it "a long sound" in good time. ;
c)
the ferry must no longer be in the running water when the operation requires it.

V.
Bridges, Weirs and Locks

Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 6.24 General Regulations to Pass Through Bridges and Wehren

1.
In a bridge opening or a weir opening, § 6.07, unless the Running water provides sufficient space for the simultaneous passage.
2.
Is a bridge opening or a weir opening marked
a)
by the A.10 table character (Appendix 7), the Shipping in this
opening outside of the space delimited by the two panels
of this character;
)
by table character D.2 (Appendix 7), shipping is recommended to
in this opening in the space delimited by the two panels of this character
unofficial table of contents

§ 6.25 transit under fixed bridges

1.
Is a specific opening of fixed bridges through a common
character A.1 (Appendix 7) , it is forbidden to pass through this
opening.
2.
Is a specific opening of fixed jumpers
a)
through the character D.1a (Appendix 7)
or
b)
by the character D.1b (Appendix 7)-attached via
of the bridge
is recommended, preferably to use this opening. If the opening is indicated in point (a) of the first sentence, the passage in both directions is permitted; if it is marked in accordance with the first sentence of 1 (b), the passage in the opposite direction shall be prohibited.
3.
If a certain opening of fixed bridges is identified by number 2, the shipping can use the unmarked openings at your own risk.
Nontampery Table of Contents

§ 6.26 Moving Bridges

1.
Without prejudice to § § 6.07, 6.08 and 6.24, the skipper or the person responsible for the course and speed according to § 1.03 (3) for course and speed shall be responsible for the approach to a movable bridge. and in the transit, follow the instructions given to him or her by the bridge supervisor for the safety and lightness of the traffic and for speeding up the passage.
2.
When approaching a movable bridge, a Vehicle
slows down its journey. It must give "two long notes" when it requires the opening of the
bridge. Until the
pass is released, it must be at least 50.00 m away from the bridge,
unless the B.5 table character (Appendix 7) specifies a different distance
. If a vehicle cannot or does not want to drive through the bridge,
it must, if the watermark B.5 (Appendix 7) is attached to the shore, stop
before it.
3.
When approaching a movable bridge, overtaking without special permission of bridge supervision is prohibited.
4.
If the passage is controlled by signal lights at daytime and at night, these light signals have the following meanings:
a)
two red lights on top of each other:

no pass (bridge locked);
b)
three red lights side-by-side:

no passage (bridge closed, it cannot be opened temporarily);
c)
two red lights side by side:

no passage (bridge closed or oncoming traffic);
d)
a red light:

no passage (jumper in motion);
e)
two green lights side by side:

drive free (bridge open).
The lights are visible only in the direction of the passage.
5.
If an additional white light is shown above the signal lights as specified in point 4 (b) or (c), a vehicle may pass through the enclosed bridge when the height of the passage
A non-official table of contents

§ 6.27 Enforcement of the weirs

1.
Passing a Defensive opening is forbidden. The ban on passing through a
conscription opening can be displayed by character A.1 (Appendix 7)
.
2.
The passage of a weir opening is permitted only if this
is left and right through a common character E.1 (Appendix 7)
is marked



Differing from sentence 1 can be used for a weir with weir bridge the
Passing a conscription opening also through the character D.1 (Appendix 7) attached to the conscription
above the opening will allow
.
3.
An individually moving vehicle or a bandage must not drive through a weir opening at greater speed than is required for its control. In the area of a wall, the machine must be kept ready for manoeuvrability at any time.
4.
A closed safety gate and flood barrier can only be used up to a distance of 100,00 m.
unofficial table of contents

§ 6.28 Transit of the Locks

1.
The lock area is
a)
the sluices and
b)
the water surfaces above and below the locks, which serve to make, classify and maintain vehicles as well as to put together and resolve associations (Schleusenvorhafen).
The competent authority may, by way of derogation from the first sentence, determine the area of the lock; in this case, its demarcation by white tables marked with black border and black inscription "Schleusenbereich".
2.
When approaching the lock area, a vehicle must slow down its
ride. If it cannot or does not want to enter the lock
immediately, it has to stop before it on the shore of the table sign B.5 (Appendix 7)
.
3.
In the lock area, overtaking is prohibited. A vehicle may only pass by another vehicle waiting for the lock if it is to be carried forward or in order to place itself in an existing gap. In the lock area, drive and auxiliary machines may only be operated in the extent necessary for the ship and on-board operation. In this case, the doors of the machine room are to be kept closed. Other openings in the machinery space must be closed as far as the operation permits. The landing point of a ferry or a passenger ship is to be kept free.
4.
In the lock area, a vehicle must be equipped with a telephone system for the transport price. Nautical information is equipped, the channel of the lock has been switched to reception.
5.
In the lock area, the anchors must be completely taken up. Set 1 shall not apply if they are to be used outside the lock.
6.
If there are several locks, a vehicle must control the lock assigned to it. The instructions for this can be given by day and by night by the direction wishers described in § 6.28a. A vehicle whose dimensions are smaller than those of an existing boat lock shall be used by the vehicle, provided that the control of the tractors does not give any other instruction.
7.
Before entry into the lock, the towed trousers need to be short-fetched as well as equipment parts-except for such equipment required for fending-binnenbords . The driver of a damaged vehicle must draw the attention of the lock to the damage before entry, if the damage can endanger the lock area or any other vehicle.
8.
When driving in the sluice ports and when driving into the locks, a vehicle must reduce its speed in such a way that a safe stopping by means of wire ropes, ropes or any other appropriate measures under all circumstances, and an impact to a lock gate or to the protective devices and to another vehicle or to a float is excluded. In the floodgates equipped with floats, only the edge and niche poller can be used for stopping. A floating poller may not be occupied until the vehicle or the association has come to a standstill. The ship's guide shall ensure that the vehicle stops in good time by means of supporting the poller or holding crosses of the lock chamber with wire ropes or ropes in an emergency, even without a power force. It shall also ensure that the cover crew, which is required for safe passage through the lock, is from the beginning of the journey into the lock to the end of the exit from the lock on deck. A vehicle or a floating body must move into the lock chamber to such an extent that the following vehicles or floating bodies are not obstructed during the driveway and in the utilization of the lock chamber. In particular, the last or the last vehicle or floating body entering the upper water must advance to such an extent that it or it cannot place on the rotary arm during emptying of the lock chamber.
9.
In the lock chambers
a)
has a vehicle, provided that borders are marked on the lock walls, within those limits,
b)
must be a vehicle during the filling and emptying of the vehicle. the lock chamber and until the exit has been released, and the fixing means must be operated in such a way as to prevent shocks against the lock walls, the lock gates or the protective devices, and against another vehicle or a vehicle, Floating bodies are avoided,
c)
are fender to be able to swim if they are not firmly connected to the vehicle,
d)
is it forbidden,
aa)
a vehicle or to wash or reverse a float,
bb)
from a vehicle or a float water body to a lock platform, to another vehicle or to a vehicle, or
cc)
to let passengers get in and out without permission of the lock
e)
it is forbidden to use the machine drive as well as the bow blasting system after the vehicle has been arrested until the exit is released, unless this is due to safety reasons in the short term,
f)
must be a small vehicle or an association consisting exclusively of small vehicles, sufficiently far from other vehicles
10.
In the lock area, a vehicle or an association that has the name in accordance with section 3.14, number 1, 2 or 3 must be a lateral Distance of at least 10.00 m is maintained. However, this shall not apply to a vehicle or an association which carries the same name and for the vehicle referred to in section 3.14 (7).
11.
A vehicle or an association which has the name in accordance with section 3.14 (2) or (3), must be carried out on its own. By way of derogation from the first sentence, a dry goods vessel may be transported to ADN, container, bulk packaging (IBC), large packaging, multi-element gas container (MEGC), tank containers and transportable tanks according to ADN subsection 7.1.1.18 and the Name in accordance with Section 3.14 (2), together
a)
with a similar vehicle,
b)
with a dry cargo ship, container, bulk packaging (IBC), large packaging, multi-element gas container (MEGC), tank container and transportable tanks according to ADN Subsection 7.1.1.18 carries and the designation according to § 3.14 point 1 leads or
c)
with the vehicle referred to in § 3.14 point 7
A minimum distance of 10.00 m must be maintained between the bow and the rear of the jointly flung vehicles in accordance with the second sentence.
12.
A vehicle or association that is named according to § 3.14, point 1 shall not be taken together with a passenger ship that has passengers on board.
13.
A lock, which is not specially designed for operation by the ship's staff, may only be used with permission from the control of the lock
14.
On a remote-served or self-contained lock on signs, tables with electronic writing, or similar to the official Instructions and instructions are to be used in the use of the lock, and if self-service is provided.
15.
A vehicle or a Floating bodies which are not available for smuggling may only be stopped in the lock area if it is generally approved by the competent authority or is permitted in individual cases by the control of the lock.
16.
The ship's guide of a vehicle that wants to load or delete on the track to the next lock, and the leader of an association that will continue until the next lock In the case of safety and lightness of traffic, the control of the lock must be displayed on the lock.
17.
The control of the towing of the road can be done in the To speed up the passage or to take full advantage of the locks, which supplement or deviate from this requirement. The ship's guide has to follow these orders in the lock area.
Non-official table of contents

§ 6.28a lock-in and exit-trip

1.
If there are several locks, the instruction is given for use by directional guides, which consist of two white signal lights next to each other with the following meanings:
a)
linkes fixed Light, right common-mode light:

use right lock;
b)
right-hand light, left common-mode light:

left lock
c)
both fixed lights:

wait until you are in;
d)
both The same:

both locks can be used
A vehicle that can only use a specific lock because of its dimensions must wait until the end of the vehicle.
2.
2.
The entry into the lock is regulated by signal lights on a single page or on both sides of the lock during the day and at night. shall be shown. These signal lights have the following meaning:
a)
Two fixed red lights on top of each other:

driveway forbidden, lock out of service;
b)
a fixed red light or two fixed red lights side by side:

entrance forbidden, lock closed;
c)
the erasing of one of the two red lights shown next to one another or a solid red and a solid green light side by side or a fixed red light and a solid green light on top of each other:

driveway forbidden, opening of the lock is prepared;
d)
a solid green light or two solid green lights side by side:

driveway.
In addition to the first set of 1, the entrance to the lock can be carried out by day and by night for a small and sports car. Additional signal lights are specially regulated. The signal lights referred to in the third sentence shall consist of one red and one green common-mode light side by side and shall be marked with an additional sign referred to in Annex 7, Section II, point 3, with the reference "Small and sports vehicle"; they shall be: together with the signal lights as set out in the first sentence or at the waiting points specially designated for small and sports vehicles. If signal lights are present in accordance with the third sentence, these are exclusively relevant for a small-and sports-vehicle for the entrance. The signal lights after set 3 in conjunction with sentence 4 have the following meaning:
a)
a red Common-mode light (repetition frequency 12 seconds):

Forbidden entry for small-and sports vehicles;
b)
a green common-mode light (repetition frequency 12 Seconds):

Entrance for small and sports vehicles.
The prohibition of entry in accordance with the first sentence in conjunction with the second sentence of sentence 2 (a) to (c), including in 3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
The exit from the exit from the left hand side of the road. the lock is controlled by the following signal lights by day and by night:
a)
a fixed red light or two fixed red lights:

exit prohibited;
b)
a solid green light or two solid green lights:

exit allowed.
The ban on the exit according to the first sentence of 1 letter a is to be observed.

There are several locks available and is released for all the exit, The vehicle coming from starboard has the way ahead.
4.
Instead of the red light or red lights as set out in the second sentence of the second sentence of 2 and 3, the table character A.1 (Appendix 7), instead of the green light or the red light or the red light, can be green lights as referred to in the first sentence of paragraph 2, in conjunction with the second sentence and the second sentence, may be the E.1 table character (Appendix 7).
5.
If no signal lights or no table characters are shown, the entrance to the lock or the exit from the lock is without a special arrangement of the lock inspection forbidden.
unofficial table of contents

§ 6.29 order of the locks

1.
Unless otherwise specified below, it will be in the order of the arrival before the Sluice, in case of several locks before the selected lock or through a direction-wishers according to § 6.28a. The choice of the lock must not be changed without the special permission of the lock supervisor.
2.
If a starting place is set up in the lock area, it will be used against the other berths delimited by Table B.5 (Appendix 7), which is provided with a white label bearing the inscription "Startplatz" ("Start"). The starting position is designated as a berth for a vehicle in the train to the next lock and may only be occupied by this vehicle. By way of derogation from the first and second sentences of point 3, a vehicle waiting for smuggling may remain on its berth at the start of the journey to the starting position. If there are several vehicles next to each other, the vehicles on the outside have to allow the inside of the journey to the starting position in time. Any new vehicle entering the lock area must be notified in the case of the lock inspection for the detection of the train of locks. Waiting in the lock area above or below a lock, which is not specially set up for operation by the ship's staff, already more than five vehicles (ship collection), the train of locks shall be determined by way of derogation from point 1 after the order of registration. In the case of a ship's collection, the launch site may only be occupied by the lock supervisor after the previous request.
3.
A vehicle that is pending for smuggling has to be used. , subject to the provisions of point 2, make it possible to enter into the lock immediately after the entry into the lock. If a vehicle fails to move on, it will lose its rank for the impending lock. A vehicle that is not ready to be sent to the entrance sign will be returned until it has finished its preparations.
4.
A vehicle of the Water and Shipping Administration of the Federal Government, a vehicle on the road for the performance of its duties or a vehicle which is seriously damaged in front of all other vehicles shall have the right to smuggling in addition to the series (priority lock); the The same shall apply to a rescue or fire-extinguishing vehicle on the journey to the site of the accident.
5.
On request, priority shall be given in the order of precedence over the other than the referred to in point 4:
a)
a day-to-day ship, according to a fixed timetable operating according to § 9.01;
b)
a vehicle with the permission of the competent authority.
These vehicles must show the red wimpel according to § 3.17. After each mountain-lock or any trough of a vehicle which has claimed its preroe, once the vehicles which have been put back are to be moved in the same direction without any prior right. In no case the right to lock the vehicle entitles the vehicle to be hauled at a pre-set time.
6.
The lock inspection can be made of
7.
Small-or sports-powered vehicles, unless they are used for safety reasons.
7.
Small or sports vehicles are not required to be able to use the vehicle. Boat lock, boat alley or boat transfer system can be used, only in groups or in combination with other vehicles. Exceptionally, a small or sports car can also be taken individually, provided that the duration of the waiting period is unreasonable. A small-or sports-powered vehicle equipped with speaking radio can also be individually hauled without waiting times after registration at the lock, provided that it is used with the rest of the traffic volume, the traffic situation and measures to be taken. storage of the waterway is compatible. In the event of a joint lock on a small or sports vehicle with other vehicles, a small or sports car must first enter the lock after the other vehicles and when requested by the lock inspection system. If the entry into the lock for a small or sports vehicle is regulated by special signal lights in accordance with section 6.28a (2) sentence 3 in conjunction with the fourth sentence, a small or sports car must not be allowed to enter the lock until after the entry has been released by the special vehicle. Enter the lock into the lock.
8.
The lock operating times fixed by the regulation can be used for reasons of transport needs or for operational reasons. Requirements temporarily deviated.
Non-official table of contents

§ 6.29a Sailing of the ship's sheds

The § § 6.28, 6.28a and 6.29 shall also apply to a ship's lift. In this case, the area of the ship's lift is replaced by the control of the ship's lift, and the ship's lift is superseded.

Section VI.
Unsiderable weather; Radar usage

Unofficial table of contents

§ 6.30 General rules for driving in unsafe weather

1.
In the case of unsafe weather, a vehicle must use radar, subject to number 5.
2.
In case of unsafe weather, a vehicle must adjust its speed of reduced visibility, traffic and local conditions accordingly. There must be a different vehicle with the necessary messages for the safety.
3.
When stopping in the event of insecure weather, the driving trough is as wide as possible.
4.
In the event of insecure weather, a small vehicle may only drive if it is beyond the number 1 with a speech sound system for the inland waterway radio is equipped on channel 10 or on the other channel assigned by the competent authority.
5.
A vehicle or an association that or if no radar can be used, it is necessary to immediately find a berth in case of unsafe weather.
Unofficial table of contents

§ 6.31 Stationary vehicles

1.
A vehicle that is located in the driving channel or its proximity or-in the case of the 6.34-in the water or its proximity, in the event of insecure weather, during the breast-feeding period, its telephone system must have been switched to reception. As soon as it is heard via voice radio that another vehicle is approaching or as soon as and as long as the sound sign of an approaching vehicle prescribed in section 6.32 (2) (d) of the double letter (aa), § 6.33 (2) sentence 1 or in section 6.34 (3) The vehicle must communicate its position via voice radio.
2.
A vehicle in the sense of the number 1, which is not able to use speech radio, must, as soon as and as long as possible. a group of chimes shall be responsible for the sound character of an approaching vehicle as prescribed in section 6.32 (2) (d), first sentence, sentence 1 of the first sentence of paragraph 6.33 (2), or in section 6.34 (3) of an approaching vehicle. These records shall be repeated at intervals of not more than one minute.
3.
The numbers 1 and 2 shall not apply to pushed vehicles in a thrust assembly. In the case of coupled vehicles, points 1 and 2 shall apply only to one of the vehicles of the compilation.
Non-official table of contents

§ 6.32. Radar driving vehicles

1.
A vehicle may only drive with radar if a person who has in addition to the certificate required for the type of vehicle and the route to be covered, a patent is granted under the Regulation on the granting of radar patents on the federal waterways outside the Rhine, or a patent issued by the Federal Ministry of Transport, The construction and urban development of a radar certificate recognized as equivalent and well known in the traffic bulletin, and a second person who is sufficiently familiar with the use of radar in shipping, are constantly staying in the wheelhouse. If it is noted in the roadworthiness certificate that the vehicle has a radar one-man tax stand, the second person does not have to stay permanently in the wheelhouse.
2.
When encountering and passing by, the following should be noted:
a)
Noticed a vehicle in the radar ride to the mountain on the radar screen is an oncoming vehicle or approaching a track where a vehicle can be located that is the Radar image not yet recorded, it must communicate its vehicle type, its name, its direction of travel and its location to the oncoming vehicle by way of voice radio and to cancel the route.
b)
However, a vehicle in the radar drive to the valley on the radar screen will notice a vehicle whose location or course can cause a dangerous situation and which is not over radio. , it has to indicate the dangerous situation via the radio station of this vehicle and the way down.
c)
A vehicle in the radar journey that is over Voice radio is called, must answer via voice radio, by sharing its vehicle type, its name, its direction of travel and its location. It must then use an oncoming vehicle to cancel the journey; however, a small vehicle may only say to which side it is not.
d)
If the vehicle is in the right direction, the vehicle must not be used.
The vehicle does not come into contact with an oncoming vehicle, the vehicle must be in the radar drive
aa)
give a "long sound" that is repeated as often as necessary, as well as
bb)
its speed reduce and, if necessary, stop.
This also applies to a vehicle traveling with radar from a vehicle that is close to the driving channel. and with which no radio contact comes into effect
3.
In the case of a thrust bandage and coupled vehicles, the numbers 1 and 2 shall apply only to the vehicle on which the vehicle is the operator of the association or of the vehicles being coupled is located.
unofficial table of contents

§ 6.33 Not travelling with radar Vehicles

A vehicle or an association that cannot use a radar and has to search for a berth must be aware of the following during the journey to this place:
1.
It or it has to drive as far as possible at the edge of the channel.
2.
An individually moving vehicle as well as a vehicle on which the leader of an association is located must give "a long sound" (fog sign) as a sound sign; this sound character shall be repeated at intervals of not more than one minute. On this vehicle, an exhaust is to be set up on the front ship, but in the case of an association, only on the first vehicle in the direction of travel. The Ausguck must be either in sight-or in the listening range of the ship-or association guide, or be connected to it by a voice connection.
3.
Once a The vehicle is called by another vehicle via voice radio, it must respond via voice radio by notifies its vehicle type, its name, its direction of travel and its location, indicating that it does not carry out a radar journey and indicates a Berth looking for. It must then use the oncoming vehicle to talk down the route.
4.
As soon as a vehicle hears the long sound of another vehicle, with which no Speaking radio contact, it must,
a)
if it is located near a shore, on this Stay on the shore and stop there, if necessary, until the end of the journey,
b)
if it changes from one bank to the other, the driveway so far and so Uncheck as soon as
unofficial table of contents

§ 6.34 Differing rules for driving in unsafe weather

In the Areas of application of Chapter 16 (without the Weser from km 204.47 to Fuldahafen Bremen, without the Weser from Fuldahafen Bremen to UWe-km 1.38 with Kleiner Weser, without the Aller, without the Leine, without the fast digging and without the Ihme), 18, 19 (without the Trave), 20 (without the waterway section of Saar-km 0,00 to Saar-km 87,20), 21, 22 (without the Lower Havel waterway from km 4.00 to km 66.70), 23 to 25 (without the Saale of km 0,00 to km 88,50), 26 and 27 apply deviating from § § 6.30, 6.32 Number 2 and 3 and § 6.33 for driving in unsatiable weather the following rules:
1.
In the case of insecure weather a vehicle shall reduce its speed of reduced visibility, traffic and local circumstances accordingly. It is necessary to set up a gouge on the front ship, but only on the first vehicle in the direction of travel. The Ausguck must either be in the sight or auditory of the ship's guide or be connected to it by means of a voice connection.
2.
In the case of a non-transparent, Weather shall only be allowed to drive a vehicle if it is equipped with a telephone system for the ship-ship traffic circle and has been received on channel 10 or on the other channel assigned by the competent authority. There must be a vehicle with the necessary messages for the safety of navigation.
3.
A vehicle travelling individually and a vehicle on which the vehicle is to be used. The leader of an association, must give as a sound sign "a long sound" (fog sign). This sound signal must be repeated at intervals of not more than one minute.
4.
As soon as a vehicle is called by another vehicle via voice radio, it has to be answer via voice radio by sharing his vehicle type, his name, his direction of travel and his location. It must then use the oncoming vehicle to talk down the route.
5.
As soon as a vehicle hears the long sound of another vehicle, with which no Speaking radio contact, it has to be
a)
if it is near a shore, on this Stay on shore and stop there, if necessary, until the end of the journey,
b)
if it changes from one bank to the other, the water so far and as soon as possible.
6.
A vehicle must stop as soon as it takes account of the reduced visibility, the rest of the traffic and the local Circumstances the journey can no longer continue without danger. In addition, a towed dressing must stop at the next suitable point if an agreement is no longer possible between the towed vehicles and the vehicle with a machine drive at the top of the association
7.
When stopping in the event of insecure weather, the water is to be released as far as possible.
8.
The numbers 1 to 7 are also valid for a vehicle in the radar drive. When deciding to set or continue the journey, and when measuring the driving speed, a vehicle in the radar shall take account of the radar location. However, it must take account of the reduced view of another vehicle.
9.
Number 8, set 2 and 3, does not apply to a train towed in the descent.

Section VII.
Obligations

Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 6.35 Behavioral Obligations

1.
The ship's guide and the person responsible for course and speed pursuant to § 1.03 (3) the first sentence of section 6.02 (1) (1) (a), also in conjunction with the third sentence, point (b) and (3), section 6.02a (1), (2), (3), first sentence and (2), point 4, first sentence, also in conjunction with the second sentence, the first sentence of paragraph 5, and the second sentence of paragraph 5, and the second sentence of paragraph 6, and point 6, respectively, Connection with point 7, § 6.03 number 1 and 3, also in connection with point 2, § 6.03a number 1, § 6.04 number 1, 2, 3 sentence 1, 3 and 4, number 4 and 5, § 6.05 number 1 sentence 2 and number 2 to 4, § § 6.07, 6.08, number 1 sentence 1 and 3, § § 6.09, 6.10, 6.11 Number 1 and 2 Half-sentence 1, § § 6.12, 6.13 Number 1 to 3, 4 sentence 1, § § 6.14, 6.15, 6.16 Number 1 sentence 1 and 2, number 2, 3, 5 sentence 2 and number 6, § 6.17 number 1 and 2, § 6.18 number 1 and 2 sentence 2, § 6.19 number 1, § 6.20 number 1 and 3, § 6.22 (1), (1) and (2) and (3), § 6.22a, 6.23, 6.24 (1) and (2) (a), (6) (1) and (2), second sentence, (2), (6) (1) to (3) and (5), (6.27) (1), first sentence, (2), first sentence (1), also in conjunction with the second sentence, (3) and (4), Section 6.28 (2) to (7), (8) (1) to (3), (6) and (7), (9) to (14), also in conjunction with Section 6.29a, Section 6.28a (1), also in conjunction with Section 6.29a, Section 6.28a (2) sentence 7, (3), second sentence, and (3) and (5), also in conjunction with Section 6.29a, Section 6.28a, point 2, sentence 7, point 3 Point 4 and § 6.29a, § 6.29, number 1, second sentence, number 2, second sentence, 4 and 7, number 3, sentence 1, number 5, second sentence, and number 7, sentence 5, also in conjunction with § 6.29a, § 6.30 number 1 to 5, § 6.31 number 1 and 2, also in conjunction with point 3 Sentence 2, sections 6.33 and 6.34, points 1 to 7, in each case also in connection with the first sentence of the first sentence of paragraph 8, or of any bids or bans on the conduct on the market, or to ensure that they are carried out on the basis of these regulations.
2.
The ship's guide and the person responsible pursuant to § 1.03 (3) for course and speed shall each ensure that the board and the lamp of the sparkle according to § 6.04 (3) sentence 1 (a) and (b) shall be in accordance with the requirements of § 6.04 (3) sentence 2.
3.
The ship's guide has the following: In accordance with section 6.21 (1) to (3) or ordered pursuant to these regulations, to comply with the compilation of the associations or to ensure that they are complied with.
4.
The skipper has the sentence 2 in § 6.28 number 15, 16 and 17 sentence 2, also in conjunction with § 6.29a, § 6.29 number 2 sentence 5 and number 7 sentence 4, respectively also in connection with § 6.29a, section 6.32 (1), first sentence, and (2) and (3), or any prohibitions or prohibitions on the conduct on the market, or to ensure that they are complied with.
5.
The owner and the equipment manufacturer may only arrange or permit the entry into service of a vehicle or association if the bids referred to in § 6.21 (1) to (3) are Bans on the compilation of the associations can be observed.
6.
The owner and the equipment manufacturer may each have the radar travel of a vehicle or association. only arrange or allow, if it is properly staffed in accordance with § 6.32 (1) sentence 1.

Chapter 7
Rules for the standstill, the anchorage and the celebration

Non-official table of contents

§ 7.01 General principles for standstill

1.
Without prejudice to other provisions of this regulation, a vehicle or a floating body must be Mooring so close to the shore, how it will allow its draught and the local conditions. A vehicle or a floating body shall in no way impede shipping. An embankation is to be used cautiously.
2.
Without prejudice to the conditions given by the competent authority on a case-by-case basis, within the framework of the decommissioning Permission must be given to the berth for a floating facility in such a way that the driveway for shipping remains free.
3.
A stationary vehicle, a A floating body or a floating floating facility must be anchored or fixed in such a way that its position or position cannot be altered in a way that endangers another vehicle, or another floating body or disabled. In particular, wind and water level fluctuations, as well as sog and wave impact, must be taken into account.
4.
If the shipping channels and lock channels are A vehicle or a floating body must be set aside.
unofficial table of contents

§ 7.02 Lounging ban

1.
A vehicle, a floating body, or a floating asset must not be shut down:
a)
on a shipping channel, in a lock channel, or on a section of the waterway, for which a general standstill ban exists;
b)
on a route notified by the competent authority;
c)
on a by panel character A.5 (Appendix 7) marked
line, on the waterway side of the waterway on which the table sign stands;
d)
under a bridge or high-voltage line;
e)
in a waterway within the meaning of § 6.07 and in its vicinity, as well as on a distance which would become a waterway through the standstill, and close to such a distance Route;
f)
at a driveway in and a exit from a port or side waterway;
g)
in the line of a ferry;
h)
in the course of a vehicle when it is applied to a landing bridge or when it is being placed on the road. Run down;
i)
at a turning point marked by the E.8 table sign (Appendix 7)
;
j)
sideways next to a vehicle that leads the panel character in accordance with § 3.33
, within the distance that on the triangular white
auxiliary shield in meters;

62
k)
on
marked by the A.5.1 table character (Appendix 7), the width of which is the table character is specified in meters
; the width is measured by the location of the
panel character;
l)
on the water surfaces marked by the E.17, E.22 or E.24 (Appendix 7) table characters.















2.
On the sections of a waterway where the decommissioning as specified in point 1 (a) to (d) is prohibited, a vehicle, a floating body or a floating system may only be placed on stop the berths marked by one of the table symbols E.5 to E.7 (Appendix 7). You must comply with § § 7.03, 7.04, 7.05, and 7.06.









































































3.
On a berth that is defined by one of the Table marks E.5 to E.7 (Appendix 7), the standstill of a vehicle or of a floating body is only up to that for the respective vehicle or float in accordance with the second part of this Regulation on the respective vehicle or body. Distance allowed width, if not the table characters E.5.1, E.5.2 or E.5.3 or additional panels to the panels E.6 or E.7 allow something else.
unofficial table of contents

§ 7.03 anchors and use of piles

1.
A vehicle, a floating body, or a floating asset must not anchor:
a)
on a shipping channel, in a lock channel, or on the section of a waterway for which there is a general ban on anchorage;
b)
on a by the table character A.6 (Appendix 7)
line, on the waterway side of the waterway on which the
is located; the anchor ban applies from 50.00 m above sea level to 50,00 m



On the lines of the first sentence, it is forbidden to press a pole in or on the ground. By way of derogation from the second sentence, the competent authority for construction site vehicles may allow the use of a pfahles to carry out construction work.
2.
A vehicle is allowed on a section where the anchor as specified in point 1 book-
stabs a is prohibited. A floating body or a
floating installation only on a route marked by the
Table sign E.6 (Appendix 7), and only on the
side of the waterway on which the panel character is located.
Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 7.04 Fixed

1.
A vehicle, a floating body, or a floating system must not be fixed on the shore:
a)
on a shipping channel, in a lock channel, or on the section of a waterway for which there is a general Festmacheverbot;
b)
on a by the panel character A.7 (Appendix 7) marked
on the side of the waterway on which the panel sign is located.


2.
On a section where the celebration is prohibited under point 1
letter a, a A vehicle, a floating body
, or a floating installation only on a route,
which is marked by one of the table characters E.7 or E.7.1 (Appendix 7)
, and only on the side of the waterway on which the
Table characters.


 




3.
A tree, a railing, a pole, a boundary stone, a column, an iron ladder, a handrail, or Similar items must not be used for making or catching them.
Non-official table of contents

§ 7.05 Loungers

1.A vehicle, or a vehicle, on a reclining location where the E.5 table sign (Appendix 7) is located-
Float only on the side
of the waterway on which the table sign is located.
2.A vehicle, or a floating body, may only be placed on a reclining location where the E.5.1 (Appendix 7) table character (Appendix 7) is set-
. A
water surface whose width is specified on the table sign in Me-
. The width is measured by the location of the
panel character.
3.On a reclining location where the E.5.2 table sign (Appendix 7) is set-
, a vehicle or floating body may only be placed on the
water surface between the two Distances that are set aside on
the table character in meters. Both distances
are determined by the display location of the panel character.
4.On a reclining location where the table sign E.5.3 (Appendix 7) is placed-
, the waterway on which the
is marked may no longer be used. Vehicles and floating bodies
are still close to each other when numbers are specified on the table sign in Roman
.
unofficial table of contents

§ 7.06 Special berths

1.
On a deck where one of the table marks E.5.4 to E.5.15 (Appendix 7), only the type of vehicle for which the panel character is applicable must be stopped.



















































2.
Is for a vehicle that is 3.14 (1) to (3), no special berth is provided and if it wishes to use a berth at which the symbol E.5, E.5.4, E.5.8, E.5.12, E.6 or E.7 (Appendix 7) is situated, it shall only be permitted if it is provided by: a special berth is assigned to the competent authority.



























3.
A berth is, as far as nothing else is determined, on the side of the waterway, on which the table sign stands, from the shore, and one vehicle next to the other.
Unofficial table of contents

§ 7.07 Minimum distances when transporting certain dangerous goods when they are still in use

1.
A vehicle, a wheelset, or a vehicle to be coupled must be stopped when you are still in the standstill. The following minimum distances are observed:
a)
10,00 m, if: one or one of them leads the name in accordance with section 3.14 (1);
b)
50,00 m if one or one of them is named in accordance with § 3.14 (2) (2) ;
c)
100.00 m if one or one of them leads the designation according to § 3.14 point 3.
2.
The obligation under point 1 (a) does not apply
a)
for a vehicle, a thrust assembly, or coupled vehicles that have the same designation lead;
b)
for a vehicle that does not lead this designation but has a certificate of approval pursuant to ADN Section 8.1.8, and complies with the safety regulations that for a vehicle in accordance with § 3.14, point 1
3.
In special cases, the Permit exceptions.
unofficial table of contents

§ 7.08 guard and oversight

1.
On-board a stationary vehicle that contains dangerous goods in accordance with chapter 3.2 Table A ADN is loaded and a designation according to § 3.14, or that after unloading of such goods is not yet free of dangerous gases, must be permanently an operational guard. However, the competent authority may exempt a vehicle which is in a port basin from this obligation.
2.
All other vehicles, floating bodies, and Floating installations must be supervised by a person who is in a position to intervene quickly if necessary. Sentence 1 shall not apply if oversight is not required because of local circumstances, or if the competent authority permits an exception.
Table of Contents

§ 7.09 Behavioural Requirements

1.
The ship's guide has the following in § § 7.01, 7.02 Point 1, also in conjunction with point 2, and point 3, section 7.03 (1), first sentence, also in conjunction with point 2, paragraph 7.04, point 1, also in conjunction with point 2, and number 3, § 7.05, 7.06 and 7.07, point 1, or based on this Regulations ordered or prohibitions on the behavior of decommissioning, anchorage, or mooring must be observed or ensured that they are observed.
2.
The ship's guide, the owner and the supplier shall each have the bids provided for in § 7.08 (1), first sentence, and (2), or arranged pursuant to these regulations, on the Maintain behavior while still lying or ensure that they are maintained.

Chapter 8
Additional provisions

unofficial table of contents

§ 8.01 maximum dimensions of vehicles

The approved maximum dimensions of a vehicle on the respective waterway are determined by the chapters 10 to 27. Non-official table of contents

§ 8.02 Gender and dragged drawers

1.
A push body must not be dragged. To the extent that exceptional circumstances, in particular local conditions, do not hinder shipping, a thrust federation may be towed.
2.
Thrust dressing must not be dragged. This shall not apply if its length and its width on the respective waterway do not exceed the maximum dimensions referred to in Chapters 10 to 27 for vehicles, and a corresponding endorsement is provided in the travel certificate of the The vehicle is registered. A drawer with one or more vehicles in the appendix forms a towing association in accordance with section 1.01, point 4. The thrust dressing is considered to be a vehicle with a machine drive at the top of a towing belt.
Non-official table of contents

§ 8.03 Thrust bodies that carry other vehicles as a thrust guide.

A thrust body may only carry other vehicles as a school lead, if this is permitted in the travel certificate of the pushing and pushed vehicle. Non-official table of contents

§ 8.04 Drawers associations that carry carrier ship easier

1.
A drawers can only carry a carrier ship lighter at its top if
a)
this is a carrier ship lighter with a headpiece,
b)
the carrier ship lighter has a trained forward ship, or
c)
the carrier ship lighter next to a Between its greatest sinking and the lowest point, which can no longer be considered waterproof, it is coupled with a distance of at least 1.00 m
2.
The top of the drawer according to number 1 must be with anchors according to the Inland waterway search order; this does not apply to a shipping channel.
3.
The competent authority may, on short distances, for a thrust association with Permit a maximum of two carrier ship lighters with a length of association up to 86.00 m. Exceptions to number 1.
unofficial table of contents

§ 8.05 Movement of thrust chords outside of a pusher band

Outside of a pusher band, a thrust rod may only be moved forward:
1.
longitudinally coupled or towed as long as a corresponding note is entered in the driver's certificate of travel approval and the moving vehicle ,
2.
on short distances during the assembly or reconstitution of a drawers ' association, in compliance with the rules adopted by the competent authority or with its Permission.
Non-tampering table of contents

§ 8.06 Couplings of the drawers

1.
The clutches of a pusher tape must be the rigid connection of all vehicles
2.
The connections by means of the couplings must be quick and easy to produce and release.
3.
The couplings must be kept evenly stretched by suitable devices, preferably special winches.
4.
In the case of a wheelset up to a width of 12,00 m, which consists of a sliding and a pushed vehicle, the rigid connection between the two vehicles is also a coupling system, which is a controlled kinking of the association is made possible, provided that a corresponding note is entered in the travel certificate of these vehicles. The manufacture of kinked connections may only be made by means of the equipment mentioned in the travel certificate and not by means of auxiliary equipment.
unofficial table of contents

§ 8.07 voice connection on associations

1.
If a drawer is longer than 110,00 m, there must be a voice connection between the wheelbase of the sliding vehicle and the top of the tape.
2.
In the case of a push assembly that is moved next to each other by two pushing vehicles, a speech connection must be made between the control stands of both vehicles in both There are directions.
3.
In the case of coupled vehicles, there must be a speech connection between the control stands of both vehicles in both directions.
4.
In the case of a towing bandage, there must be a voice connection between the control stands of all vehicles. Sentence 1 shall not apply to the extent that a small vehicle is towed.
5.
No ship-ship may be used as a voice connection.
Non-official table of contents

§ 8.08 Walkability of the Pusher Associations

A drawer must be easily accessible and safely accessible. Intermediate spaces between the vehicles must be secured by means of appropriate protective devices. unofficial table of contents

§ 8.09 Bleib-weg-signal

1.
In the event of an incident or accident that can cause the transported dangerous goods to be released, the lead-away signal must be triggered to
a)
a tanker that must be named according to § 3.14 number 1 or 2

and
b)
a vehicle that must be named in accordance with section 3.14 (3),

if the crew is not able to do so by the release of the vehicle of these goods for persons or shipping hazards. This shall not apply to a thrust guide or any other vehicle without a machine drive. However, if they belong to an association, the lead-away signal must be given by the vehicle on which the leader of the association is located.
2.
The lead-away signal consists of a sound-and a light-sign. The sound character consists of the continuous repetition of a short and a long tone, which is continuous for at least 15 minutes. At the same time as the sound symbol, the light sign must be given in accordance with Section 4.01 (2). After triggering, the lead-away signal must be automatically executed; the trigger must be such that it cannot be inadvertently actuated.
3.
A vehicle, that the lead-away signal perceives, must take all measures to avert the imminent danger. In particular, it has to:
a)
if it can only perceive the lead-away signal acoustically and cannot detect where the danger zone is located, where the vehicle is located, where the vehicle is located, which has triggered the signal;
b)
when it moves towards the danger zone, keep and, if necessary, contact;
c)
if it has already passed the danger zone, as soon as possible continued.
4.
The following vehicles are immediately following the following: To take action:
a)
all windows and outwares leading to the outside are to be found close;
b)
all unprotected fire and lights are to be deleted;
c)
smoking to be set;
d)
the auxiliary machines that are not required for the operation are to be delivered;
e)
in general, any sparking is to be avoided.

If the vehicle is held to hold, all engines and auxiliary machines still in operation are to be stopped or currentless.
5.
As soon as a vehicle close to the danger zone has been used, the vehicle is If there is a lead-away signal, it must also take the measures referred to in point 4. If it is safely possible, the vehicle shall be left out if necessary.
6.
In the case of the implementation of the measures according to points 3 to 5, the flow and the wind direction shall be
7.
The measures referred to in points 3 to 5, in each case in conjunction with point 6, shall be taken on a vehicle even if the Lead-away signal is triggered on the shore.
8.
The ship's guide, who perceives the lead-away signal, must, according to the given possibilities, the next service point. The Water and Shipping Administration of the Federal Government or the nearest department of the Water Protection Police immediately.
Non-official Table of Contents

§ 8.10 Bade and Swimming Ban

1.
Baden and Swimming is prohibited
a)
in the range of up to 100,00 m above and below a bridge, a wehre, a Port entrance, a berth or landing point of the passenger ship,
b)
in the lock area,
c)
in the floating device workspace,


d)
at a location marked by the A.20 table character.
A.20
2.
A badger and a swimmer must behave in such a way that a vehicle or a ride on a ride is not obstructed.
3.
Rules that restrict or prohibit bathing or swimming in rivers and canals other than those mentioned in point 1 remain untouched.
4.
The bath and A swimming ban as specified in point 1 (a) and (b)
and a
bathing or swimming ban issued by a rule in accordance with point 3 may be marked by the E.26
(Appendix 7) panel character
unofficial Table of contents

§ 8.11 Label of fishing gear

1.
A large fishing gear fishing shall be designated in accordance with Section 3.25 (1), in so far as the lights or sight signs referred to therein may be affixed to the appliance. If this is not the case, the large fishing gear shall be designated in accordance with § 3.24.
2.
Another fishing gear shall be designated in accordance with § 3.24 if it endangers the shipping
3.
By way of derogation from the second sentence of point 1, a fishing gear, in particular a bud, may be designated by plug-and-socket rods. If shipping can be compromised, the outer push-rods shall be designated by white ordinary lights visible from all sides at night according to § 3.20, point 1.
4.
The competent authority may, by way of derogation from point 2, sentence 1, prescribe or allow another name.
unofficial table of contents

§ 8.12 designation when using divers
(Appendix 3: picture 64)

A place or a vehicle from which diving works are carried out, shall result in the following day and at night in addition to the name prescribed by this Regulation:

white-blue flag
(flag "Alpha" of inter-
National Signal Book).


This flag must be displayed at a suitable location and so high that it is visible from all sides. At night, it's to shine. The flag can be replaced by a blackboard or a ball of the same colour. unofficial table of contents

§ 8.13 Prohibition of kitesurfing

1.
Each operation where a person, dragon or parachute drags, slides on a surfboard, on water skis, or on other objects over the water (Kitesurfing), is forbidden.
2.
On waterways in the water and shipping department
Ost, the water and shipping directorate can allow the kitesurfing to be completely
or in part, as far as the rest of the world is concerned. Shipping is not affected-
is pregnant. The routes cleared for kitesurfing in the water and shipping directorate
East are indicated by the
unofficial table of contents

§ 8.14 Behavioural duties

1.
The ship's guide, according to § 1.03, point 3, for course and speed responsible person and the person responsible for fishing shall in each case ensure that a fishing vessel with the name referred to in Article 8.11 (1) is designated.
2.
The ship's guide and the person responsible pursuant to § 1.03 (3) for course and speed shall have the bids provided for in § 8.07 or arranged pursuant to these regulations. or bans on the voice connection on a bandage, or ensure that they are complied with.
3.
The ship's guide has the following in § 8.02 (1) The first and second sentence of the first sentence of paragraph 8.03, § 8.04 (1) and (2) and (1) and Section 8.06 (1), also in conjunction with point 4, points 2 and 3, or prohibitions on the movement of an association, or to ensure that the association is
4.
The ship's guide has to comply with the bids provided for in § 8.05 on the locomotions of a shoe lead outside of a wheeler's board, or ensure that they are complied with.
5.
The ship's guide has the first sentence of section 8.09 (1), also in conjunction with sentence 3, section 8.09 (2) and (3) to (5), shall, in each case, comply with the provisions of point 6 and section 8.09 (7) and (8), or shall comply with the requirements laid down in or on the basis of those rules, on the giving or behaviour of the release of the lead-away signal or of ensuring that the said prescriptions are
6.
The ship's guide shall ensure that on the vehicle from which diving works are carried out, the name is given in accordance with § 8.12
7.
The person responsible for fishing shall ensure that a fishing gear is used in the case referred to in section 8.11 (2) by the name of the fishing vessel referred to in Article 8.11 (2). Number 2, also referred to in the second sentence of paragraph 3.
8.
The person responsible for carrying out the diver's work shall ensure that the A place from which divers ' work is carried out, the designation according to § 8.12.
9.
The owner and the equipment supplier may each be able to move a Order or permit association only if the bids referred to in § 8.02 (1), first sentence and (2) sentence 1, § 8.03, § 8.04 (1) and (2) (1) and 8.06 (1), also in conjunction with point 4, number 2 and 3, or prohibitions on the Behavior during the movement of an association is maintained.
10.
The owner and the equipment manufacturer must each be able to move a shoe lead outside Only if the bids provided for in § 8.05 are complied with as a result of the advance movement of a shoe holder outside of a pusher band.
11.
The owner and the equipment supplier may only arrange or allow the entry into service of a vehicle in accordance with section 8.09 (1), first sentence, point (a) or (b) if it is appropriate in order to be able to give the lead-away signal in accordance with section 8.09 (2).

Chapter 9
Passenger Shipping

unofficial table of contents

§ 9.01 roadmaps

1.
Who regularly makes trips with a passenger ship (entreprender), the timetable with departure and arrival times and landing places must be at least four weeks before the start of the indicate the travel of the competent authority from whose district the passenger vessel is operated. The first sentence shall apply to changes in the timetable.
2.
The trader shall, at the request of the competent authority, modify the timetable to avoid traffic disruptions
unofficial table of contents

§ 9.02 landing points

The ship's guide of a passenger ship may be used for boarding and disembing of the passenger ship. Passengers shall be detained or arrested only at a point of application approved for this purpose by the competent authority. Non-official table of contents

§ 9.03 Ship traffic at the landing sites

The ship's driver of a vehicle other than a passenger ship may not In the case of a passenger ship, the vehicle shall be fixed or fixed only with the permission of the holder and shall be stopped there only as long as the traffic of the passenger ships is not obstructed. Non-official table of contents

§ 9.04 Passengers boarding and out

1.
The ship's guide or the crew members who are responsible for the crew may each be the one and the Allow the passenger ship to exit only after the passenger ship has been properly established and after having convinced that
a)
The access and departure of the passengers at the landing site is possible without danger,
b)
the landing site in a proper state,
c)
the dock is sufficiently illuminated in darkness.
2.
Ascending Passengers are allowed to enter the landing bridge or landing bar only after the ascending have left the landing bridge or landing bar, unless there is a separate inlet and outlet.
3.
The passengers are allowed to enter and exit only the Use of certain entrants and exits, landing bridges and landing strips, access and stairways. Passengers shall be allowed to enter or exit only as long as the ship's guide or the crew member of the crew expressly grants permission to do so.
unofficial table of contents

§ 9.05 Rejection of passengers

The ship's guide or crew members have a person who is at risk of the It is to be feared that a ship's operation or a significant annoyance of passengers is to be excluded from transport. Non-official table of contents

§ 9.06 Security on board and on the landing places

1.
The passengers and the users of a landing site must behave in such a way that they do not transport the traffic and do not hamper or harass other people. You must follow the instructions of the ship's guide, the members of the crew or the supervisor at the landing sites.
2.
The The ship's guide shall ensure that passengers are properly distributed in the interests of safety on the vehicle and that access to the platform is not obstructed.
3.
In the dark, the rooms intended for passengers must be adequately illuminated.
unofficial table of contents

§ 9.07 Safety on board of vehicles registered for the carriage and overnight stay of more than 12 passengers

For a vehicle that is The transport and accommodation of more than 12 passengers shall be subject to the following additional requirements:
1.
On board, there must be a security role that contains the tasks of the crew and the on-board personnel in case of an emergency. In addition, there is a need for standards of conduct for passengers in the event of a leak, a fire or the clearance of the vehicle. The security role referred to in the first sentence shall be suspended in several places which are capable of informing the crew and the on-board personnel at any time of their content. The standards of conduct referred to in the second sentence must be suspended in a number of places which are suitable for passengers to be able to inform themselves at any time of their content.
2.
The crew and crew need to know the security role referred to in the first sentence of the first sentence 1 and be regularly instructed by the ship's guide in their tasks
3.
During the stay of passengers on board, the escape routes must be completely free of obstacles. The doors and emergency exits of the escape routes must be easy to open from both sides.
4.
If any journey takes longer than one day, passengers will be able to take the journey.
5.
As long as passengers are on board, a control gear must be performed every hour by a member of the crew. The implementation must be demonstrated in an appropriate manner.
6.
The ship's guide shall ensure that the rules on the safety of passengers by number 1 to 5.
7.
The owner and the equipment supplier may only arrange or permit the putting into service of a vehicle only if the crew and the crew members are not responsible for the operation of the vehicle. the staff have been instructed on a regular basis in their tasks according to the security role referred to in point 1.
unofficial table of contents

§ 9.08 Personal barks

§ § 9.01, 9.02, 9.04, 9.05 and 9.06 apply to a person barge.

Second part
Additional provisions for single inland waterway routes

chapter 10
Neckar

unofficial table of contents

§ 10.01 Scope

The provisions of this chapter apply on the Neckar (Ne) from the estuary in the Rhine (Rh) at Rh-km 428,16 to the municipal border of Wernau-Plochingen (Ne-km 203.01). Non-official table of contents

§ 10.02 Dimensions of vehicles and federations, drip depth

1.
A vehicle or an association must not exceed the following dimensions:
inland waterwaylength Width
mm
2.
As a federation within the meaning of number 1, only one thrust dressing and coupled Vehicles.
3.
The driving depth
a)
corresponding from the Neckaründung to the Schleusengruppe Feudenheim of the driveway depth of the adjacent Rhine track,
1.1km 0,00 (Neckarmündung) to km 201,49 (Plochingen port) 
Vehicle/Federation90.0011,45
unless something else is set below 
1.2km 0,00 (Neckarmündung) to km 3,00 (Mannheim-Neckarstadt)
a) Vehicle135,0022,80
 b) Federation186,5022,90
1.3km 3,00 to km 4.60
Vehicle/Federation 105,5011,45
1.4km 4.60 to 201.49 (Plochingen port)
Vehicle/Association105,50 11, 45
-a vehicle or a bandage with a length of more than 90.00 m may only be used if it is or is equipped with an active bow control device, a The two-screw drive or a main drive acting in all directions from 0 ° to 360 ° and a voice connection between the control stand and the tip of the vehicle or the conveyor is equipped-.
b)is from the Feudenheim lock group to the end of the port of Plochingen (km 201.49)2.80 m.


The restrictions applicable to the locks due to existing corner stiffenings (voutes) will be announced by the competent authority.
unofficial table of contents

§ 10.03 compilation of federations

Only as many vehicles can be set in a towing association that it does not require more than one lock. In the descent, an empty lighter must be coupled without active bow control "Heck zu Tal". Non-official table of contents

§ 10.04 Driving speed

1.
The maximum allowed speed over the shore is above km 4.60

2.
By way of derogation from point 1, the maximum allowable speed is set on the shore in a Lock channel

a)for a vehicle or an association, except passenger ships or small vehicles,16 km/h,
b)for a passenger ship or a small vehicle18 km/h.
a)for a vehicle or an association, excluding passenger ships or Small vehicles,12 km/h,
b)for a passenger ship or a small vehicle 14 km/h
3.
The competent authority can individual routes or, on a specific occasion, by way of derogation from point 1 (b) and (2) (b), permit higher speeds for a small vehicle, provided that the condition and use of the waterway and the rest of the road are not Ship traffic is not affected by a fee.
Non-official table of contents

§ 10.05 Bergfahrt

(no special regulations) Table of Contents unmet

§ 10.06 Encounter

1.
In the Hofen Dam (km 176.20 to km 182.70)
a)
a mountain driver must set up his ride in such a way that he does not meet a driver when driving through the waterway near the bridge (km 178,42). It must, if an encounter cannot be avoided, stop below the waterways until the cyclist has passed through it;
b)
must be a mountain driver Above the dam level Hofen (at km 176.80) and then several times up to the traffic water close the cyclists call and ask to inform him of the type, name, location and direction of travel of the vehicle. If there is no cyclist, he may enter the waterway;
c)
must be a cyclist at the port of construction (km 180,20) and then several times until the watertight manner, name, The location and direction of travel of his vehicle. He must say the same if he is approached by a mountain driver
By way of derogation from the first sentence of point (a), a small vehicle must have the bridge on the road. on the right of the right bank outside the through-opening indicated by Table signs in accordance with Section 6.24 (2) (a).
2.
In the Pleidelsheim page channel (km 150.50 to km 153.25)
a)
a mountain driver must set up his ride in such a way that he does not meet a driver when driving through the waterways between km 150.50 to km 153.25 (Pleidelsheim side channel). It must, if an encounter cannot be avoided, stop below the waterways until the cyclist has passed through it;
b)
must be a mountain driver above the Schleuse Pleidelsheim (at km 150,50) and at the avoidance point (km 151.90) several times to the traffic water close the cyclists call and ask to inform him of the type, name, location and direction of travel of the vehicle. If there is no cyclist, he may enter the waterways;
c)
must be a cyclist at km 154,50 and thereafter as well as in the side channel itself several times up to the respective one. The type, name, location and direction of travel of the vehicle are in danger of driving. He must say the same if he is approached by a mountain driver
3.
In Hessigheim (km 143,10 to km 150.00),
a)
a mountain driver must set up his journey in such a way that he does not meet a valley driver when passing the waterway between km 146.60 to km 148.00 (Kleiningersheim quarry). It must, if an encounter cannot be avoided, stop below the waterways until the cyclist has passed through it;
b)
must be a mountain driver Above the Hessigheim lock (at km 146.00) several times up to the traffic water close the Taliers and ask to inform him of the type, name, location and direction of travel of the vehicle. If there is no cyclist, he may enter the waterway;
c)
must be a driver at km 148,50 and thereafter several times up to the waterway type, name, location and The direction of travel of his vehicle. He must say the same if he is approached by a mountain driver
4.
In the page channel Kochendorf (km 105.40 to km 106,30)
a)
a mountain driver must set up his ride in such a way that he does not meet a valley driver when passing the waterway between km 105.40 to km 106.30 (side channel Kochendorf). It must, if an encounter cannot be avoided, stop below the waterways until the cyclist has passed through it;
b)
must be a mountain driver Above the Schleuse Kochendorf (at km 104,00) several times up to the traffic water close the cyclists call and ask to inform him of the type, name, location and direction of travel of the vehicle. If there is no cyclist, he may enter the waterways;
c)
must be a driver at km 108,00 and thereafter as well as in the side channel several times up to the The type, name, location and direction of travel of the vehicle are in danger of driving. He must say the same if he is approached by a mountain driver
5.
In all areas according to points 1 to 4, the mountain and valley driver has to place the antennas of his radio equipment vertically and as high as possible in order to ensure a safe radio traffic.
unofficial table of contents

§ 10.07 overtaking

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 10.08 Apply

(no special rules) unofficial Table of Contents

§ 10.09 anchors

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 10.10 standstill

1.
Outside of the berths designated by the E.5, E.6 or E.7 table characters (Appendix 7), do not More than two vehicles are lying next to each other. Set 1 shall also apply to the water surfaces that are part of a port or a cover.
2.
A vehicle can only be shut down in the lock area and stay overnight
a)
before the lock, if it is no longer towed due to the end of the lock operation,
b)
the lock, if it can no longer reach the next sluice to be passed through before the end of the lock operation time,
c)
if it is to comply with the
d)
with the permission of the lock supervisor
3.
A carrier ship lighter outside of an association may only be used on one of the competent authority allocated space. The provisions of § § 7.01 and 7.08 remain unaffected.
4.
On the route from the Neckaründung bis zum Unterwasser der Schleusengruppe Feudenheim (km 5.80), the breastfeeding is only allowed at the recumbering points referred to in points (a), (b) and (c) and on the runback of the passenger ship under the conditions mentioned there
a)
for a vehicle that does not have to be named according to § 3.14,
aa)
left-bank berth
from km 0.83 to km 2.70,
bb)
Loungers on the right bank
of km 0.25 to km 0.45 only for vehicles that want to drive into the lock to the industrial port,
from km 0.83 to km 3.00,
in the Lock area Feudenheim from km 5.25 to km 5.50 for downhill skiers and from km 5.50 to km 5.80 for mountain drivers taking into account number 2,
b)
for a Vehicle which must lead the name in accordance with section 3.14 (1),
aa)
Location on the left bank of the bank
of km 0.10 to km 0.55,
bb)
lying on the right bank
in the lock area Feudenheim from km 5.05 to km 5.25,
c)
for a vehicle that must be named according to § 3.14 number 2 or 3, a berth will be assigned by the competent authority on a case-by-case basis.
5.
A berth can only be occupied by the shore, a vehicle is allowed on the other side of the other. Transfer facilities on the shore must be kept free for the traffic of the vehicles loaded or extinguished there.
6.
For the decommissioning in the Heidelberg city area, the following is true:
a)
in the water surface on the left bank of about 300.00 m above the Theodor-Heuss bridge (km 24,50) to above the Karl-Theodor bridge (km 25,48) between the driveway and the left Only a passenger ship or a small vehicle shall be allowed to enter and be there; the same shall apply to the water surface on the right bank from below the Theodor-Heuss-Brücke (km 24,00) to km 24,60 between the driving channel and the right Shore;
b)
The decommissioning approval grants the city of Heidelberg;
c)
at a special event within the meaning of section 1.23, the competent authority may order that the water area, or parts thereof, as defined in point (a), of vehicles not participating in the events shall be vacated for the duration of the event.
unofficial table of contents

§ 10.11 waterway shipping

1.
Between the Neckaründung and the Schleusengruppe Feudenheim, shipping is prohibited if the The water level of the Rhine at the level of Mannheim has reached or exceeded 760 cm.
2.
The water level exceeds or exceeds the water level in the underwater of a sluice , the operation of this lock shall be discontinued and the shipping shall be prohibited in the stowage referred to in point 4, with the exception of translation.
3.
The competent authority may, by way of derogation from number 1 and 2, allow exceptions.
4.
The number 2 in the shall be determined for the associated congestions by the following levels and levels of water:
Dowage usually in the subwater
of the lock
High-water mark
Ladenburg/Feudenheim-SchwabenheimSchwabenheim370 cm
route: Dam level Wieblingen/Schwabenheim-
Alte Brücke Heidelberg

Schwabenheim

370 cm
Route: Alte Brücke Heidelberg-
Staustufe Heidelberg

Heidelberg

260 cm
Heidelberg-NeckargemündNeckargemünd320 cm
Neckargemünd-NeckarsteinachNeckarsteinach375 cm
Neckarsteinach-Hirschhorn Hirschhorn320 cm
Hirschhorn-RockenauRockenau 395 cm
Rockenau-GuttenbachGuttenbach350 cm
Guttenbach-NeckarzimmerNeckarzimmer420 cm
Neckarzimmern-GundelsheimGundelsheim380 cm
Gundelsheim-Neckarsulm/Kochendorf Kochendorf400 cm
Neckarsulm/Kochendorf-Heilbronn Heilbronn260 cm
Heilbronn-HorkheimHorkheim 320 cm
Horkheim-LauffenLauffen270 cm
Lauffen-BesigheimBesigheim330 cm
Besigheim-Hessigheim Hessigheim330 cm
Hessigheim-PleidelsheimPleidelsheim 300 cm
Pleidelsheim-MarbachMarbach285 cm
Marbach-PoppenweilerPoppenweiler300 cm
Poppenweiler-Aldingen Aldingen280 cm
Aldingen-HofenHofen 290 cm
Hofen-CannstattCannstatt260 cm
Cannstatt-UntertürkheimUntertürkheim240 cm
Untertürkheim-Obertürkheim Obertürkheim240 cm
Obertürkheim-EsslingenEsslingen 266 cm
line: Wehr Oberesslingen-DeizisauDeizisau244 cm
route: Deizisau DeizisauDeizisau244 cm
Line: km 201 ,49-km 203,01Plochingen180 cm.
unofficial table of contents

§ 10.12 shipping on ice

(no special rules) unofficial Table of Contents

§ 10.13 Night Shipping

(no special regulations) Non-official table of contents

§ 10.14 Use of Carrier ship lighters

A carrier ship lighter must not be placed at the top of a pusher belt. The competent authority may allow exceptions to this. Non-official table of contents

§ 10.15 Reporting obligation

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 10.16 height of bridges, other fixed superstructures, and overhead lines

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 10.17 Marking of the bridges and conscripts

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 10.18 passing of bridges, barrier works,
weirs, locks and individual power lines

(no special regulations) Non-official table of contents

§ 10.19 Use of locks, boating locks and boating equipment

When a passenger ship is connected to a passenger ship, and of a vehicle intended for the carriage of goods, the passenger ship shall not enter into the lock until after the passenger ship has been moved into the lock. unofficial table of contents

§ 10.20 sailing

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 10.21 vehicles name

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 10.22 Regulations on transport

(no special regulations) A non-official table of contents

§ 10.23 Rules for voice radio

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 10.24 Special provisions for small vehicles

(no special provisions) unofficial table of contents

§ 10.25 Waste water, canals, and individual waterways

(no special regulations) Unofficial table of contents

§ 10.26 Protection of channels and assets

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 10.27 shipping restrictions on shipping

The navigation of the inland waterway above km 201.49 is prohibited. Sentence 1 shall not apply to a small vehicle. Non-official table of contents

§ 10.28 Use of waterways

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 10.29 ship guide's behavioral duties,
crew on board, owner, and outfitter

1.
The ship's guide and the person responsible for course and speed pursuant to § 1.03 (3)
a)
to ensure that the vehicle or the association has the maximum permitted speed after § 10.04 Number 1 and 2, also in conjunction with number 3, do not exceed and
b)
the rules on
aa)
the behavior when encountering according to § 10.06,
bb)
The shipping of floods according to § 10.11, points 1 and 2, and
cc)
the behavior of using the Locks according to § 10.19
to be observed or to ensure that they are complied with.
2.
The ship's guide has
a)
to ensure that
aa)
the vehicle it is running or the association it is guided by the approved maximum dimensions after Section 10.02 (1) does not exceed and
bb)
on the vehicle or association it is running in the case referred to in section 10.02 (1.4), the equipment specified therein exists
b)
the rules of
aa)
the compilation of the associations according to § 10.03,
bb)
the standstill according to § 10.10 number 1 to 3 sentence 1, number 4, 5, and 6 letter a and
cc)
the use of a carrier ship lighter in accordance with § 10.14 sentence 1
, or to ensure that they are complied with,
c)
the prohibition provided for in § 10.27, sentence 1, the inland waterway route specified there, to be observed, or to ensure that this is observed.
3.
The owner and the outfitter may only be used to put a vehicle or a tape Arrange or permit if
a)
the vehicle or the association the approved maximum dimensions according to § 10.02 Number 1 does not exceed and
b)
on the vehicle or association in the case referred to in section 10.02 (1.4), the equipment specified there is.

Chapter 11
Main

Non-tamous table of contents

§ 11.01 Scope

The provisions of this chapter apply on the Main (Ma) from the mouth of the Rhine (Rh-km 496.63) to above the railway bridge near Hallstadt (Ma-km 387,69). Non-official table of contents

§ 11.02 Dimensions of vehicles and federations, drivines and width

1.
A vehicle or an association must not exceed the following dimensions:
inland waterwaylength Width
mm
2.
As a bandage in the For the purposes of point 1, there shall be only one thrust dressing and coupled vehicles.
3.
The driverine depth of the journey < dl style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
a)
from the Main Mouth to the Kostheim lock group of the adjacent driveway depth of the adjacent Rheinstretch,
b)
is
aa)
from Schleusengruppe Kostheim to Schleuse Lengfurt at least 2,90 m,
bb)
from the lock Lengfurt up to the junction of the Main-Danube Canal 2.50 m.
4.
The The width of the rims is
1.1km 0,00 (Mainmündung) to km 387,40
 (below Railway Bridge near Hallstadt)
Vehicle/Federation67,008,20
unless something else is set below
1.2km 0,00 to km 37,20 (Osthafen Frankfurt)
a) Vehicle135,0014,00
b) Verband 190, 0014,00
1.3km 37,20 to km 52,00 (Unterwasser Schleuse Mühlheim)
a) Vehicle 135, 0012,20
b) Federation190,00 12, 20
 
1.4km 52,00 to km 84,00 (Aschaffenburg port) 
a) Vehicle135,0011,45
b) Verband190,0011,45
1.5km 84.00 to km 174.20 (Unterwasser Schleuse Lengfurt)
Vehicles/Association90,0011,45
-the allowed length can be increased to up to 110,00 m for a vehicle and up to 190,00 m for a bandage if the vehicle and the association are active with an active Bow control-equipped with a bandage at the top of the bandage-and a voice connection between the control stand and the top of the vehicle or the bandage-
1.6km 174.20 to km 384,07 (branch Main-Danube Channel)
Vehicle/Federation90.0011,45
-the permissible length can be increased up to 110.00 m if the vehicle and the association with an active bow control unit-with a dressing at the top of the association-and a voice connection between the control stand and Top of the vehicle or bandage is equipped-.
name="BJNR000210012BJNE018100000 " />Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 11.03 Compilation of Associations

1.
Driving with a towing bandage is prohibited. The first sentence does not apply to the towing of small vehicles.
2.
The competent authority may allow exceptions to the first sentence of the first sentence.
Nontampery Table of Contents

§ 11.04 Driving speed

The maximum allowed speed on the shore is
a)from the Main estuary to the port of Aschaffenburg 50, 00 m,
b)from the port of Aschaffenburg to lock Lengfurt40,00 m,
c)from the sluice Lengfurt to the diversion of the Main-Danube Canal36,00 m.
1.in the Gerlachshausen lock channel7 km/h,
2.on the route from the diversion of the Main-Danube Canal to above the railway bridge near Hallstadt15 km/h,
3.in the Wehrarm Volkach (Main Loop)10 km/h.
unofficial table of contents

§ 11.05 Bergfahrt

(no special rules) unofficial Table of Contents

§ 11.06 encounter

1.
When you encounter vehicles and associations, you must by way of derogation from § § 6.04 and 6.05 on the route from the Main estuary to the port of Aschaffenburg backbord pass by the port. This does not apply in the lock areas according to § 6.28 (1). The provisions of § 6.07 concerning the encounter in the tight driveway remain unaffected.
2.
By way of derogation from point 1, the pre-accession tax board can be used for important reasons. A tax board is required if this is possible without danger. In this case, without prejudice to § 6.04 (3), the prior mutual understanding shall be carried out by means of radio communication.
3.
The ship's guide shall have the right to communicate in the official language. take account of any routes or points which may be considered as a function of the length of the ship, the draught and the water level within the meaning of § 6.07.
Table of Contents unofficial

§ 11.07 Overtaking

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 11.08 Apply

(no special rules) unofficial Table of Contents

§ 11.09 anchors

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 11.10 standstill

1.
For a small vehicle, the competent authority for certain local areas may not be able to do so without
2.
The competent authority may, by way of derogation from § 7.02 (1) (l), allow exceptions to the ban on coupings.
unofficial table of contents

§ 11.11 flood shipping

1.
The water level exceeds or exceeds the flood mark I at the directional level for the section of the section listed under point 4,
a)
must be a vehicle or a bandage as far as possible from the shore
b)
must not perform the transport of a floating asset or float,
c)
may not exceed the speed of a valley driver than is necessary for secure control,
d)
may not drive an association with a length of more than 110,00 m above the port of Aschaffenburg.
2.
The water level exceeds or exceeds the highest watermark (HSW)-Hochwassermarke II-at the indicative level for the section of the section referred to in point 4, shipping shall be prohibited, with the exception of translation, within the respective section of the route.
3.
The competent authority may allow exceptions to numbers 1 and 2.
4.
The numbers in the numbers 1 and 2 flood marks shall be determined by the following water levels and the directional levels shall apply to the following section:

Non-official table of contents

§ 11.12 Ship on ice

threatening the cessation of shipping as a result of increasing ice formation, a vehicle or an association shall, in good time, visit a port of protection or a suitable berth for the competent authority. Non-official table of contents

§ 11.13 Night shipping

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 11.14 deployment of carrier ship lighters

(no special regulations) Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 11.15 Reporting obligation

1.
The ship's guide of a vehicle or association that is subject to the ADN, as well as the ship's guide of a tanker, a cabin ship, a seagoing ship, an association with a length of more than 140,00 m or a special transport according to § 1.21 must be known before entry into the mainstream from Hanau (km 57,00) to the estuary in the Rhine on the in the manual inland waterway radio (§ 1.10 point 1 letter l) Report on the Nautical Information channel at the "Oberwesel Revierzentrale" radio station, and provide the following information:
a)
ship-gatt;
b)
ship-name;
c)
Location, direction of travel;
d)
Single European ship number or official ship number, at Seeschiffen IMO ship identification number and distinguishing signal;
e)
Load-bearing capacity;
f)
Length and Width of the Vehicle;
g)
Tape Type, Length and Width;
h)
Fahrtroute;
i)
Beladehafen;
j)
unload port;
k)
for dangerous goods by ADN:
aa)
the UN number or fabric number,
bb)
the official designation for the promotion, if applicable supplemented by the technical designation,
cc)
the class, the classification code and, if applicable, the packaging group,
dd)
the total amount of dangerous goods for which this information applies;
k1)
for other goods as dangerous goods: the type of cargo (substance name, quantity of matter);
l)
Number of blue lights/blue cones guided;
m)
number of onboard Persons.
On the special request of the "Oberwesel Revierzentrale" radio station, the ship's guide has given details of the draught of the vehicle that it is running, To make association or special transport according to § 1.21. The limitation of the route to be notified shall be indicated by the Table Signs B.11 (Appendix 7) with an additional sign "Reporting obligation".
2.
The information referred to in the first sentence of the first sentence, except (c) and (m), may also be provided by another entity or person in good time before the vehicle's entrance, association, or Special transport in accordance with § 1.21 to the notifiable route in writing, by telephone or by electronic means of the radio station "Oberwesel Revierzentrale". For a transport with a load of more than two dangerous goods, the notification must be made in writing or electronically. In any case, the ship's guide shall report to the radio station "Revierzentrale Oberwesel" if he enters the notifiable route with the vehicle, association or special transport he/she is carrying in accordance with § 1.21, and again
3.
A vehicle, association or special transport according to § 1.21 the journey within the notifiable route for more than two hours, must be Report the beginning and end of the interruption of the radio station "Oberwesel Revierzentrale".
4.
Change the information according to number 1 during the trip in the The ship ' s operator must inform the radio station "Oberwesel Revierzentrale" immediately.
5.
A vehicle, an association or a vehicle Special transport in accordance with § 1.21, which has already issued a message on the Rhine according to § 12.01 number 1 of the Rhine Navigation Ordinance Ordinance and enters the mainstream at km 0.00, the radio station "Oberwesel Revierzentrale" has to be By passing the reporting points marked with Table Signs B.11 (Annex 7), only the information referred to in point 1, first sentence, point (a) to (d), shall be communicated.
unofficial table of contents

§ 11.16 height of bridges, other fixed superstructures, and overhead lines

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 11.17 Marking of the bridges and conscripts

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 11.18 passing bridges, locking mechanisms,
weirs, locks, and individual power lines

1.
At the Peace Bridge in Würzburg (km 251,65), a car or a valley running down to the valley has Association its intention to use the left bridge opening, to notify Würzburg's lock supervisor beforehand and to wait for the release of the vehicle. If two red lights are shown next to each other at the signal light system for mountain riders on the Peace Bridge, the mountain ride is blocked. A mountain driver must stop at the right edge of the wheel in front of the table sign B.5 (Appendix 7) standing at km 251.45 and wait for the release of the journey by extinguisher of the two red lights. This does not apply to a small vehicle that wants to drive through the bridge on the right bank.
2.
The passage of the railway bridge near Hallstadt (km 387,45) is only one of the following: Small vehicle permitted.
unofficial table of contents

§ 11.19 Use of the locks, boat locks and boating equipment

1.
A small car must not use the boat locks and boating equipment at night
2.
A small vehicle shall only be able to use the boat locks from Kostheim to below Kleinostheim at a water level of less than 230 cm at the directional level. Frankfurt-Osthafen, from Kleinostheim to below Steinbach only at a water level of less than 230 cm at the directional level Steinbach, from Steinbach to Limbach only at a water level of less than 230 cm at the directional level Trunstadt
3.
A lock, which is divided by a central head into a larger chamber and a smaller chamber after the upper current, is replaced by the following: Signal lights displayed, which sub-chamber is intended for lock:
a)
two green lights next to each other and two white lights next to each other above the green lights: driveway free for the large sub-chamber after substream;
b)
two green lights next to each other and a white light over the left green light: driveway free for the small sub-chamber after the upper current.
If the entire lock chamber is released for the lock, two green lights are next to each other
unofficial table of contents

§ 11.20 Segeln

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 11.21 name of the vehicles

A free-running ferry with a machine drive that does not carry out a longitudinal drive in the translation traffic, needs the side lights and the tail light shall not be carried out in accordance with section 3.16 (3) (b) if it is irradiated from board by means of a low-beam emitter in such a way that the rest of the ferry can sufficiently recognise the outline of the ferry. Non-official table of contents

§ 11.22 Regulations on transport

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 11.23 Rules for voice radio

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 11.24 Special provisions for small vehicles

(no special provisions) unofficial table of contents

§ 11.25 Waste water, canals, and individual waterways

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 11.26 Protection of channels and assets

(no special regulations) Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 11.27 Shipping restrictions on shipping

1.
With a water level at the Würzburg directional level of 200 cm and more, the descent from Schleuse Randersacker and on the route between Randersacker and the Ludwigsbrücke bridge (Löwenbrücke) in Würzburg only with the permission of the Schleusensupervisor Randersacker are to be approached. Sentence 1 shall not apply to a small vehicle.
2.
The driving of the inland waterway road below km 387.40 to above the railway bridge near Hallstadt (km 387,69) is forbidden. Sentence 1 shall not apply to a small vehicle.
Non-official table of contents

§ 11.28 Use of waterways

(no special provisions) Non-official table of contents

§ 11.29 Conduct obligations of the ship's guide,
crew on board, the owner and the equipment supplier

1.
The ship's guide and the person responsible for course and speed pursuant to § 1.03 (3)
a)
to ensure that the vehicle or the association has the maximum permitted speed after § 11.04 not exceeding,
b)
the rules on
aa)
The behavior of the encounter according to § 11.06 number 1 set 1 and number 2, also in conjunction with number 3,
bb)
the shipping in flood waters according to § 11.11 (1) and (2),
cc)
the passage or the behavior of the Passing through
aaa)
of the Peace Bridge in Würzburg according to § 11.18, number 1, sentence 1 to 3 and
bbb)
the railway bridge near Hallstadt according to § 11.18 (2)
dd)
the To comply with the use of the boat locks and boating equipment according to § 11.19 (1) and (2)
or to ensure that they are complied with, and
c)
one after § 11.12 issued instructions to visit a port of refuge or a suitable berth in good time, or to ensure that it is complied with
2.
The ship's guide has
a)
to ensure that
aa)
the vehicle it is running or the association it is guided by the approved maximum dimensions after § 11.02 (1) does not exceed and
bb)
on the vehicle or association it is running in the case referred to in § 11.02, points 1.5 and 1.6 respectively, which are respectively referred to there specified equipment is present,
b)
the rules on
aa)
the compilation of the associations according to § 11.03 number 1 sentence 1 and
bb)
the reporting obligation pursuant to § 11.15 1, 2, 2, second sentence, 2, 3 and 3 to 5
, or to ensure that they are complied with,
c)
the traffic restriction according to § 11.27 (1), first sentence, or to ensure that it is observed, and
d)
the prohibition laid down in Section 11.27 (2), first sentence, of the prohibition, specified therein, Navigating inland waterways, respecting or ensuring that this is observed.
3.
The owner and the outfitter may only arrange or allow the entry into service of a vehicle or association if
a)
the vehicle or the association the approved maximum dimensions in accordance with § 11.02 (1) , and
b)
on the vehicle or association in the case referred to in § 11.02 points 1.5 and 1.6 respectively, the equipment specified there in each case

Chapter 12
Main-Danube Channel

Non-tamous table of contents

§ 12.01 Scope

The provisions of this chapter apply to the following waterways:
1.
Main-Donau-Kanal (MDK) from the branch from the Main (Ma-km 384.07) to the entrance to the Danube (Do) at Kelheim (MDK-km 170 ,78/Thu-km 2 411,54) including Regnitz from Main to below the Schleuse Bamberg and from above the Hochwasserlocktores Neuses up to below the sluice Hausen as well as Altmühl from below the lock Dietfurt to the Danube,
2.
the Regnitz (Re)
a)
from the entrance to the Main-Donau-Kanal (Re-km 6 ,44/MDK-km 6,43) to 170 m above the bridge axis the Wehres Bamberg (Re-km 7.71),
b)
from 150 m below the Wehres Neuses (Re-km 21,79) to the junction from the Main-Danube Canal (Re-km 22 ,11/MDK-km 22.14),
c)
from the entry into the Main-Donau-Kanal (Re-km 31 ,99/MDK-km 31,99) to 270 m above the bridge axis of the Wehres Hausen (Re-km 32,62)
3.
the Altmühl of 90 m above the bridge axis of Wehres Dietfurt (MDK-km 136.08) up to the entrance into the Main-Danube Canal (MDK-km 136.67).
Non-official table of contents

§ 12.02 Dimensions of vehicles and associations, Drip depth and depth of loading

1.
A vehicle or an association may be on the Main-Danube Canal in each case a length of 90.00 m and a width of 11.45 m do not exceed. In the case of a vehicle, the length may be increased to up to 110,00 m and in the case of a dressing up to 190,00 m if the vehicle or the association is equipped with an active bow control device-with an association at the top of the association-and one The connection between the control stand and the tip of the vehicle or the association is equipped.
2.
The depth of the driving trough is from the branch from the Main (km 0,07) to To the lock Bamberg 2.70 m.
3.
The permissible unloading depth is from the sluice Bamberg to the entrance to the Danube (km 170.78) 2.70 m.
Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 12.03 Compilation of Associations

1.
Driving with a towing bandage is prohibited. The first sentence does not apply to the towing of small vehicles.
2.
The competent authority may allow exceptions to the first sentence of the first sentence.
Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 12.04 Driving speed

1.
The maximum allowed speed over the shore is
a)
from the port of Bamberg (km 2,80) to the entrance to the Danube for a vehicle or a federation with
distancedirectional levelflood mark
I II
Mainmündung-Schleusengruppe GriesheimRaunheim300 cm 400 cm
Schleusengruppe Griesheim-Hafen AschaffenburgFrankfurt-Osthafen 300 cm370 cm
Port Aschaffenburg-Schleuse KlingenbergObernau 300 cm380 cm
Schleuse Klingenberg-Schleuse EichelKleinheubach 300 cm370 cm
Schleuse Eichel-Schleuse Harrbach Steinbach300 cm370 cm
Schleuse Harrbach-Schleuse Marktbreit Würzburg270 cm340 cm
Schleuse Marktbreit-Schleuse Knetzgau Schweinfurt-New Port300 cm370 cm
Schleuse Knetzgau- above
Railway bridge near Hallstadt (km 387,69)
Trunstadt280 cm340 cm.
aa) a discharge depth of not more than 1.30 m13 km/h,
bb) a discharge depth of more than 1.30 m 11 km/h,
b)
notwithstanding point (a), double letter bb on the channel bridges over
aa)
the Zenn (km 53,70),
bb)
the Rednitz (km 61,90) and
cc)
the Schwarzach (km 79,07)
2.
The competent authority may, by way of derogation from number, for individual routes or for a special occasion 1 for a small vehicle to allow higher speeds if this does not affect the condition and use of the waterway as well as the rest of the shipping traffic.
Non-official table of contents

§ 12.05 Bergfahrt

As a mountain ride, the trip will be in the direction of Bachhausen. Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 12.06 Encounter

1.
In response, vehicles and associations have to pass the backbord by way of the § § 6.04 and 6.05 Backbord. The provisions of § 6.07 concerning the encounter in the tight driveway remain unaffected.
2.
By way of derogation from point 1, the pre-accession tax board can be used for important reasons. A tax board is required if this is possible without danger. In this case, without prejudice to § 6.04 (3), the prior mutual understanding shall be carried out by means of radio communication.
3.
The ship's guide shall have the right to communicate in the official language. take account of any routes or points which may be considered as a function of the length of the ship, the draught and the water level within the meaning of § 6.07.
Non-official table of contents

§ 12.07 Overhauls

The overtaking of a vehicle or a tape is prohibited
1.
on the competent authority in the Official Shipping News for the Rhine River Area known routes or locations,
2.
on the channel bridges referred to in section 12.04 (1) (b).
A small vehicle may be overhauled by way of a derogation from the first sentence and will be overtaken. unofficial table of contents

§ 12.08 Apply

1.
A vehicle with a length of more than 20.00 m may only apply to the turning points indicated by the E.8 table sign (Appendix 7).
2.
Deviating from Number 1,
a)
A vehicle with a length of no more than 40.00 m in the sluice ports with one-sided banks of the banks with rear wall and
b)
a passenger ship with a length of
more than 50.00 m in the immediate area of its application site
3.
In the The area of the channel bridges referred to in Section 12.04 (1) (b) shall be prohibited.
Non-official table of contents

§ 12.09 Ankern

1.
The anchorage is prohibited.
2.
Deviating from number 1, the following routes may be anchored:
a)
from the turn-off from the Main (Ma-km 384,07) to the separation dam of the Schleusenbereich Bamberg (MDK-km 6,45);
b)
from the flood barrier gate Neuses (MDK-km 21,81) to the entrance of the Regnitz below the sluice Hausen (Re-km 31 ,99/MDK-km 31,99);
c)
from the mouth of the Altmühl (MDK-km 136.67) to the Umschlagstelle Riedenburg (MDK-km 149,80);
d)
from Subwater of the Schleuse Riedenburg (MDK-km 151.30) to Essing (MDK-km 161,50);
e)
from the Underwater of the Schleuse Kelheim (MDK-km 166,50) to the entry into the Danube (MDK-km 170.78).
unofficial table of contents

§ 12.10 standstill

1.
The standstill of an unmanned small vehicle is prohibited.
2.
For the area of the weir and conscripts, the competent authority can
a)
Exceptions to number 1 and
b)
the standstill without the night-name in accordance with § 3.20 number
3.
The competent authority may vary from § 7.02 (1) (l) (l) Allow exceptions to the coup ban.
unofficial table of contents

§ 12.11 shipping on flood

1.
The water level exceeds or exceeds the high-water mark I at the directional level for the under number 5 each section,
a)
, if possible, a vehicle or a bandage must be Remain far from the shore,
b)
must not carry out the transport of a floating facility or a floating body,
c)
may not be greater than the speed of a valley driver than is necessary for safe control.
2.
The water level exceeds or exceeds the highest watermark (HSW)-Hochwassermarke II-at the indicative level for the route section referred to in point 5, shipping is prohibited, with the exception of translation, within the respective section of the route.
3.
The competent authority may, by way of exception of numbers 1 and 2, allow exceptions.
4.
The water level reached the high water mark II at the direction level Bamberg, so the standstill between the port of Bamberg (km 2.80) and the turning point Hausen (km 31,95) is only
a)
im upper Schleusenvorhafen Bamberg and
b)
in the lower and upper Schleusenvorhafen Strullendorf Permitted.
5.
The flood marks referred to in points 1, 2 and 4 shall be: the following water levels shall be determined, and the guide levels shall apply to the following section:


for a vehicle or a federation, each with a discharge depth of more than 2.20 m6 km/h.
distancedirectional levelflood mark
I II
Main-Hafen BambergTrunstadt280 cm340 cm
Hafen Bamberg-Schleuse Bamberg,
Schleuse Strullendorf-Schleuse Hausen
Bamberg330 cm 370 cm
Schleuse Dietfurt-Schleuse KelheimRiedenburg- 520 cm
Schleuse Kelheim-DonauOberndorf/Donau- 480 cm
unofficial table of contents

§ 12.12 shipping on ice

threatening as a result of increasing ice formation A vehicle or an association shall, in good time, visit a port of protection or a suitable berth in accordance with the instructions given by the competent authority. Non-official table of contents

§ 12.13 Nightship

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 12.14 deployment of carrier ship lighters

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 12.15 reporting duty

(no special rules) unofficial Table of contents

§ 12.16 Height of bridges, other fixed superstructures and overhead lines

(no special provisions) Non-official Table of Contents

§ 12.17 Marking of Bridges and Battleways

(no special regulations) Non-official table of contents

§ 12.18 Crossing the bridges, locking mechanisms,
weirs, locks and individual power lines

(no special regulations) Non-official table of contents

§ 12.19 Use of the locks, boat locks and boating facilities

1.
In a lock- except for the Forchheim sluice, a single-shelled vehicle or an individually-connected bandage, the length of which does not exceed 110,00 m, must be fixed only if it arranges the control of the lock. They must remain in the area of the middle of the lock chamber, but at least 30 m away from each lock gate.
2.
During the sluice, swimming mpolers must also be used.
3.
A small vehicle, which can be put into the water by hand and can be lifted out, must not use the ship's lock. Such a small vehicle must be relocated at the boot-conversion facilities. The competent authority may allow exceptions.
4.
The boat conversion facilities on the Wehren Bamberg, Neuses, Forchheim and Hausen Wehren may only be used if the Water level at the target level of Bamberg is less than 260 cm. The boat conversion facility at Wehr Dietfurt may only be used if the water level at the direction level Riedenburg is less than 450 cm.
5.
The guide of a small vehicle Has its intention of communicating to the ship lock in good time before entry into the ship's lock.
Non-official table of contents

§ 12.20 Sailing

The sailing is prohibited. The competent authority may, on a case-by-case basis, allow for exemptions if the safety and ease of transport are not affected thereby. Non-official table of contents

§ 12.21 name of vehicles

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 12.22 regulations on traffic

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 12.23 rules on voice radio

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 12.24 Special provisions for small vehicles

(no special provisions) unofficial table of contents

§ 12.25 Deals of waste water, canals, and single waterways

1.
The operation of the waste water and shallow water zones outside the waterways of the Main-Danube Canal, the Regnitz and the Altmühl is prohibited.
2.
Bedriving
a)
the Regnitz
aa)
from 170,00 m above the bridge axis of the Wehres Bamberg to the Wehr Bamberg,
bb)
from the Wehr Neuses to 150,00 m below the Wehres (km 21,79),
cc)
from 270.00 m above the bridge axis the Wehres Hausen up to the weir and
b)
the Altmühl of 90,00 m above the The bridge axis of the Wehres Dietfurt up to the entrance to the Main-Danube Canal
is prohibited. Set 1 does not apply to a vehicle without a machine drive.
3.
The driving of the Regnitz
a)
from Wehr Bamberg to the entrance to the Main-Donau-Kanal, l
b)
from the diversion from the Main-Danube Canal to the Wehr Neuses,
c)
from the Wehr Hausen to the Injunction in the Main-Danube-Kana
is prohibited. The first sentence shall not apply to a small vehicle and to a vehicle with the permission of the competent authority.
Non-official table of contents

§ 12.26 Protection of the Channels and Appendices

A slideer can only be used at the top of an association if its bow shape is rounded on both sides in the ground plan and is tapered in such a way that the width of the bow wall is the overall width of the shoe lead. at least 1.50 m; the length of the rejuvenation shall be at least three times the half of the width reduction of the bow wall. The same applies to the bow of an individually moving vehicle with a pontoon shape. Non-official table of contents

§ 12.27 Shipping restrictions on shipping

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 12.28 usage of waterways

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 12.29 ship guide's behavioral duties,
crew on board, owner, and outfitter

1.
The ship's guide and the person responsible for course and speed pursuant to § 1.03 (3)
a)
to ensure that the vehicle or the association has the maximum permitted speed after § 12.04 Number 1, also in conjunction with number 2, not exceeding,
b)
the rules on
aa)
The behavior of the encounter according to § 12.06, number 1, sentence 1 and number 2, also in conjunction with Number 3,
bb)
to overtake the ban in accordance with § 12.07 sentence 1,
cc)
the turning according to § 12.08,
dd)
shipping in flood waters according to § 12.11 (1), (2) and (4) and
ee)
the To comply with, or to ensure, the use of floodgates and boat conversion facilities according to § 12.19 (1) sentence 2, number 2, 3 sentence 1 and 2 and point 4
and
c)
a instruction given in accordance with § 12.12, in good time a port of protection or a suitable berth to be satisfied or to ensure that it is maintained.
2.
The Ship leader has
a)
to ensure that
aa)
the vehicle it is running or the association it is guided by the approved maximum dimensions after Section 12.02 (1) and the permitted depth of unloading according to § 12.02 (3) do not exceed,
bb)
on the vehicle or association it is guided in in § 12.02 (1) (1) In the case of the above mentioned case, the equipment specified therein is present and
cc)
the bow of an individually moving vehicle with a pontoon shape according to § 12.26, which is guided by it. Set 1 corresponds to,
b)
the rules above
aa)
the compilation of the federations according to § 12.03, number 1, sentence 1,
bb)
the anchor according to § 12.09 number 1,
cc)
the standstill according to § 12.10 number 1,
dd)
the behavior of using the locks according to § 12.19, point 5 and
ee)
the driving of a In accordance with § 12.26 sentence 1
, or to ensure that they are complied with,
c)
to sail, observe, or ensure that this is observed in Section 12.20, sentence 1, and
d)
the prohibition laid down in § 12.25 (1), 2 sentence 1 and the first sentence of the first sentence of the first sentence of the first sentence of the first sentence of the first sentence of paragraph 3 (1) shall be taken into account in each of the following inland waterway routes, or shall ensure that:
3.
The owner and the outfitter are allowed to
a)
only arrange or allow the commissioning of a vehicle or association if the vehicle or the vehicle is Association does not exceed the permitted maximum dimensions in accordance with Section 12.02 (1) and the approved discharge depth in accordance with Section 12.02 (3), and
b)
the commissioning of a Order or permit the vehicle or association only if the equipment specified there is present on the vehicle or association in the case referred to in § 12.02 (1) sentence 2.

Chapter 13
Lahn

unofficial table of contents

§ 13.01 Scope

application The rules of this chapter apply to the Lahn from the Mouth in the Rhine (Lahn-km 137 ,30/Rh-km 585,72) to the underwater of the former Badenburger Wehres above Giessen (Lahn-km-11.08). Non-official table of contents

§ 13.02 Dimensions of vehicles and federations, driverine depth

1.
A vehicle or an association must not exceed the following dimensions:
inland waterwaylength
m
Width
m
1.1km 137,30 (Lahnmündung) to km -11,08
(Underwater of the former Badenburger Wehres above Gießen)
Vehicle34,004,69
as follows is not set otherwise
1.2km 137,30 (Lahnmündung) to km 137.05 (Oberlahnstein port)
Vehicle/Federation135,0011,45
1.3km 137.05 to km 136.83
(Lahnstein railroad bridge)
Vehicle/Federation110,0011,45
1.4km 136.83 to km 134,10 (Unterwasser Schleuse Ahl)
Vehicle42,005,80
1.5km 134,10 to km 70,00 (Steeden)
Vehicle 34, 005.26.

Above km 70,00 the waterway is only from km 70,00 to km 12,00, from km 11,50 to km -4.70 and from km -5.30 to km -11,08. The weirs at km 12,00 and km -4,70 do not have a lock.
2.
As a bandage in the For the purposes of point 1, there shall be only one thrust dressing and coupled vehicles.
3.
The driverine depth of the journey < dl style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
a)
from the Lahnmündung port to the entrance port Lahnstein (km 137.07) of the driveway depth of the
b)
from the entrance port Lahnstein to the Schleuse Lahnstein 1,60 m on GlW-Rhein (equivalent water level Rhine) related,
c)
is from the lock Lahnstein to Steeden (km 70,00) 1,60.
unofficial table of contents

§ 13.03 compilation of associations

1.
Only one attachment may be set into a towing assembly. The first sentence shall not apply to the towing of small vehicles.
2.
The competent authority may, by way of derogation from the first sentence of point 1, allow exceptions.
name="BJNR000210012BJNE024000000 " />Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 13.04 Driving speed

1.
The maximum allowed speed on the shore is for a vehicle or a bandage, except for small vehicles,

a) at a water level at the level of Kalkofen under 230 cm10 km/h,
b) at a water level at the water level at the Level of Kalkofen from 230 cm12 km/h.
The maximum permitted speed on the shore is for a small vehicle 12 km/h.


2.
The competent authority can , by way of derogation from point 1 for a small vehicle or a passenger ship, to allow higher speeds for individual routes or for a specific occasion, provided that this means the condition and use of the waterway and the rest of the shipping traffic not subject to a fee.
unofficial table of contents

§ 13.05 Bergfahrt

(no special regulations) Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 13.06 Encounter

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 13.07 overtaking

(no special rules) unofficial Table of Contents

§ 13.08 Apply

(no special rules) Non-official table of contents

§ 13.09 anchors

(no special Rules) Non-official table of contents

§ 13.10 Standstill

(no special regulations) Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 13.11 High Water Shipping

1.
The water level exceeds or exceeds the highest watermark (HSW)-flood mark II-at the directional level for the number 2 listed in each case Section of the route, shipping is prohibited, with the exception of translation, within each section of the route. The competent authority may allow exceptions.
2.
The flood mark referred to in paragraph 1 shall be determined by the following water levels, and the indicative levels shall apply to: route section:

Track Directional Level Hochwassermarke
Lahnmündung-Schleuse LahnsteinRhine level Koblenz650 cm
Schleuse Lahnstein -SteedenKalkofen360 cm
above Steeden (km 70,00) Leun360 cm.
unofficial table of contents

§ 13.12 shipping at Ice

(no special rules) Non-official table of contents

§ 13.13 night shipping

1.
At night, only one such vehicle is allowed to drive the waterway and shore by headlights
2.
The use of a lock at night is prohibited.
3.
The competent authority may allow exceptions to the number 2.
Table of Contents

§ 13.14 Use of carrier ship creators

(no special regulations) Non-official table of contents

§ 13.15 Reporting obligation

(no special provisions) Non-official table of contents

§ 13.16 Height of bridges, other fixed superstructures and overhead lines

(no special provisions) Non-official table of contents

§ 13.17 Labelling of bridges and weir runs

(no special provisions) Non-tampered table of contents

§ 13.18 Bridges, Barrier Works,
Weirs, Locks, and individual power lines

(no special Rules) Non-official table of contents

§ 13.19 Use of locks, boat locks and boating equipment

(no special provisions) Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 13.20 Segeln

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 13.21 name of vehicles

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 13.22 regulations on traffic

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 13.23 Rules for voice radio

§ 4.05 Number 2 is not applicable from km -11.08 to km 65,00 for a vehicle with a machine drive. Non-official table of contents

§ 13.24 Special provisions for small vehicles

(no special provisions) unofficial table of contents

§ 13.25 Waste water, canals, and individual waterways

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 13.26 Protection of channels and assets

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 13.27 shipping restrictions on shipping

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 13.28 usage of waterways

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 13.29 behavioral duties of the ship's guide,
crew on board, the owner, and the outfitter

1.
The ship's guide and the person responsible for course and speed pursuant to § 1.03 (3)
a)
to ensure that the vehicle or the association has the maximum permitted speed after § 13.04 Number 1, also in conjunction with number 2, not exceeding, and
b)
the rules on
aa)
shipping at high tide according to § 13.11 number 1 sentence 1 and
bb)
respecting night shipping in accordance with § 13.13 number 1 and 2
or making sure that they are being met.
2.
The ship's guide has
a)
to ensure that the vehicle it is running or the association it is running, the approved Maximum measurements in accordance with § 13.02 (1), first sentence, not exceeding, and
b)
to comply with the regulations on the compilation of the associations pursuant to § 13.03 (1) sentence 1 or ensure that they are kept.
3.
The owner and the Equipment may only arrange or permit the entry into service of a vehicle or association if the vehicle or the association does not exceed the permitted maximum dimensions in accordance with § 13.02 (1) sentence 1.

Chapter 14
Shipping Route Rhein-Kleve

Non-official table of contents

§ 14.01 Scope

The provisions of this chapter apply to the Rhine-Kleve shipping route (SRK), consisting of
1.
the Griethauser Altrhein (GAR) from Griethausen (GAR-km 0,00) to the entrance to the Rhine (GAR-km 10 ,24/Rh-km 863.93) and
2.
the Spoykanal (SyK) from the Underwater of the Bad Brienen (SyK-km 4.57) to the port of Kleve (SRK-km 1,78).
unofficial table of contents

§ 14.02 vehicles and associations dimensions, driveway depth

1.
A vehicle or push assembly must not exceed 67.00 m and a width of 8.20 m.
2.
The Fahrrinnentiefe
a)
is equal to the Griethauser Altrhein to the Underwater of the sluice Brienen to the respective water level of the Rhine at the level Emmerich plus 0,30 m,
b)
b) is on the Spoykanal 2.50 m
Non-official table of contents

§ 14.03 Compilation of associations

1.
No more than three attachments are allowed to be set in a towing assembly. The total carrying capacity of the Annexes shall not exceed 2 000 tonnes. A vehicle with a machine drive designed for carriage of goods and approved for towing shall be allowed to tow only one appendix.
2.
Vehicles, excluding small vehicles, may only be coupled for towing a damaged vehicle, for a brief rest or with the permission of the competent authority drive.
unofficial table of contents

§ 14.04 Driving speed

The maximum allowed speed is8 km/h.
Table of Contents

§ 14.05 Bergfahrt

(no special regulations) Non-official table of contents

§ 14.06 Encounter

(no special provisions) Rules) Table of Contents unofficial

§ 14.07 Overtaking

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 14.08 Apply

(no special rules) unofficial Table of Contents

§ 14.09 anchors

(no special rules) unofficial table of contents

§ 14.10 standstill

(no special rules) Regulations) Non-official table of contents

§ 14.11 Shipping at high tide

On the Griethauser Altrhein, shipping is the exception of the Translation is prohibited if the water level of the Rhine at the level of Emmerich has reached 810 cm or exceeded. Non-official table of contents

§ 14.12 Ice shipping

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 14.13 Nachtschifffahrt

(no special regulations) unofficial Table of Contents

§ 14.14 Use of carrier ship creators

(no special regulations) Non-official table of contents

§ 14.15 Reporting requirement

1.
The ship's guide of a vehicle or association that is subject to the ADN, as well as the skipper of a tanker, a cabin vessel, a seagoing vessel or a special transport pursuant to § 1.21, before the entry into the Rhine-Kleve shipping route, must be on the basis of the manual inland waterway radio (§ 1.10 (1) (1) (1)) (l) report the Nautical Information channel to the "Duisburg Revierzentrale" radio station, and provide the following information:
a)
ship-gatt;
b)
ship-name;
c)
Location, direction of travel;
d)
Single European ship number or official ship number, at Seeschiffen IMO ship identification number and distinguishing signal;
e)
Load-bearing capacity;
f)
Length and Width of the Vehicle;
g)
Tape Type, Length and Width;
h)
Fahrtroute;
i)
Beladehafen
j)
unload port;
k)
for dangerous goods by ADN:
aa)
the UN number or fabric number,
bb)
the official designation for the promotion, if applicable supplemented by the technical designation,
cc)
the class, the classification code and, if applicable, the packaging group,
dd)
the total amount of dangerous goods for which this information applies;
k1)
for other goods as dangerous goods: the type of cargo (fabric name, Quantity);
l)
Number of blue lights/blue cones guided;
m)
number of vessels on board. .
On a special request from the "Duisburg Revierzentrale" radio station, the ship's guide has to provide details of the draught of the vehicle, the association or the special transport it is carrying according to § 1.21. The limitation of the route to be notified shall be indicated by the Table Signs B.11 (Appendix 7) with an additional sign "Reporting obligation".
2.
The information referred to in the first sentence of the first sentence, except (c) and (m), may also be provided by another entity or person in good time before the vehicle's entrance, association, or Special transport in accordance with § 1.21 to the notifiable route in writing, by telephone or by electronic means of the radio station "Duisburg Revierzentrale". For a transport with a load of more than two dangerous goods, the notification must be made in writing or electronically. In any case, the ship's operator must report to the "Duisburg Revierzentrale" radio station if he enters the notifiable route with the vehicle, association or special transport he/she is carrying in accordance with § 1.21, and this route is re-used again.
3.
A vehicle, association or special transport according to § 1.21 the journey within the notifiable route for more than two hours, must be Report the beginning and end of the interruption of the radio station "Duisburg Revierzentrale".
4.
Change the information according to number 1 during the journey in the The ship ' s operator must inform the "Duisburg Revierzentrale" radio station immediately.
5.
A vehicle, an association or a vehicle Special transport in accordance with § 1.21, which has already issued a notification pursuant to section 12.01 (1) of the Rhine Navigation Ordinance on the Rhine and enters the notifiable route on the Rhine, the "Duisburg Revierzentrale" radio station has to be used in the course of the following By passing the reporting points marked with Table Signs B.11 (Annex 7), only the information referred to in point 1, first sentence, point (a) to (d), shall be communicated.
unofficial table of contents

§ 14.16 height of bridges, other fixed superstructures, and overhead lines

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 14.17 Identification of bridges and weir runs

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 14.18 passing of bridges, barrier works,
weirs, locks and individual power lines

(no special regulations) Non-official table of contents

§ 14.19 Use of locks, boat locks and boating equipment

(no special provisions) Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 14.20 Segeln

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 14.21 name of the vehicles

A free-running ferry with a machine drive that does not carry out a longitudinal drive in the translation traffic, needs the side lights and the tail light shall not be carried out in accordance with section 3.16 (3) (b) if it is irradiated from board by means of a low-beam emitter in such a way that the rest of the ferry can sufficiently recognise the outline of the ferry. Non-official table of contents

§ 14.22 Regulations on transport

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 14.23 rules on voice radio

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 14.24 Special provisions for small vehicles

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 14.25 Waste water, canals, and individual waterways

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 14.26 Protection of channels and assets

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 14.27 shipping restrictions on shipping

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 14.28 usage of waterways

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 14.29 behavioral duties of the ship's guide,
crew on board, the owner, and the outfitter

1.
The ship's guide and the person responsible for course and speed pursuant to § 1.03 (3)
a)
to ensure that the vehicle or the association has the maximum permitted speed after § 14.04 not exceeding, and
b)
to comply with the regulation on shipping in the case of flooding according to § 14.11 or to ensure that these are complied with
2.
The ship's guide has
a)
to ensure that the vehicle it is running or the association it is running, the approved Maximum measurements according to § 14.02 (1) do not exceed, and
b)
the rules on
aa)
the compilation of the associations according to § 14.03 and
bb)
to comply with the reporting requirement in accordance with § 14.15 (1) sentence 1, 2, number 2 sentence 2, 3 and number 3 to 5
or to ensure that they are complied with.
3.
The owner and the outfitter may only be used to put a vehicle or a tape if the vehicle or the association does not exceed the permitted maximum dimensions in accordance with § 14.02, point 1.

Chapter 15
Norddeutsche Channels

Non-official table of contents

§ 15.01 Scope of application

The provisions of this chapter apply on the North German channels. For the purposes of this chapter, these include
1.
the Ruhr (Ru) from the mouth into the Rhine (Ru-km 0 ,00/Rh-km 780.14) to above the Schlossbrücke in Mülheim (Ru-km 12, 21), which is valid from the Rhine to the connecting channel as the second junction of the Rhein-Herne-Canal,
2.
Rhein-Herne-Kanal (RHK) from the junction from the Ruhrorter Hafen, entrance of the basin C (RHK-km 0,16), to the entrance to the Dortmund-Ems-Kanal (DEK) at the lower front port of the old Hebewerkes Henrichenburg (RHK-km 45 ,60/DEK-km 15,45) with Connection channel to the Ruhr,
3.
the Wesel-Datteln-Kanal (WDK) from the junction from the Rhine (WDK-km 0 ,24/Rh-km 813,24) to the entry into the Dortmund-Ems-Canal at Datteln (WDK-km 60 ,23/DEK-km 21,33),
4.
the Datteln-Hamm-Kanal (DHK) from the branch from the Dortmund-Ems-Canal at Datteln (DHK-km 0 ,06/DEK-km 19,51) to Schmehausen (DHK-km 47,20),
5.
the Dortmund-Ems-Kanal (DEK) with first trips from the Port of Dortmund (DEK-km 1.44) and from the mouth of the Rhine-Herne-Canal near Henrichenburg (DEK-km 15 ,45/RHK-km 45,60) to the mouth of the Ems (connecting line near Papenburg between the former Diemer Schöpfwerk and the Deichdurchlass at Halte-DEK-km 225,82) including Ems von Gleesen (DEK-km 138,26) to Hanekenfähr (DEK-km 139,99), Hase from the entrance to the Dortmund-Ems-Canal (DEK-km 165,93) to the mouth of the Ems (DEK-km 166.59) and Ems von Meppen (DEK-km 166.59) to Papenburg (DEK-km 225,82) with the old channels Ems-Hase-Kanal Hanekenfähr and Ems-Hase-Kanal Meppen,
6.
the Ems (Em) from above the railway bridge south Rheine (Em-km 44,77) to the entrance to the Dortmund-Ems-Canal near Gleesen (Em-km 82 ,65/DEK-km 138,25) and from the turn-off from the Dortmund-Ems-Kanal near Haneckenfähr (Em-km 84 ,41/DEK-km 139,97) to the entrance to the Dortmund-Ems-Canal near Meppen (Em-km 124 ,10/DEK-km 166.59),
7.
the hare (Ha) from above the mouth of the Ems-Hase channel (Ha-km 165.02) to the entrance into the Dortmund-Ems-Canal (Ha-km 165.94),
8.
the coastal channel (KüK) of 140,00 m below the Amalienbrücke in Oldenburg (KüK-km 0,00), including Hunte from the injunction of the Landesgewatsers Hunte to 140,00 m below the Amalienbrücke in Oldenburg, until the entry into the Dortmund-Ems-Canal (Ems) in Dörpen (KüK-km 69 ,63/DEK-km 202,55) with branch channel Dörpen from km 64,47 to km 65,36 (diversion from the coastal canal at KüK-km 64,16),
9.
the Elisabethfehnkanal (EFK) from the diversion from the coastal channel near Kampe (EFK-km 0 ,04/KüK-km 29,30) to the injunction to the Sagter Ems (EFK-km 14,83),
10.
the Leda (Ld) from the mouth of the Sagter Ems (Ld-km 0,56) to the entrance to the port of the Seeschleuse Leer (Ld-km 22,94) and the Sagter Ems (SEm) from the injunction of the Elisabethfehnkanal (SEm-km 0,00) to Leda (Ld-km 0,56),
11.
the Ems-side channel (EmK) from the branch from the Ems in Oldersum (UEm-km 30 ,34/EmK-km 256,28) to the At the head of the Borßumer Schleuse in Emden (Emk-km 265,34),
12.
the Mittelland Canal (MLK) from the junction from the Dortmund-Ems-Canal near Bergeshövede (MLK-km 0 ,01/DEK-km 108,36) to the entrance to the Elbe-Havel-Canal near Hohenwarthe (MLK/EHK-km 325,70) with first trips, run-channel Ibbenbüren up to km 1,11, stab-channel Osnabrück to km 13,01, connecting channel north to the Weser, connecting channel south to the Weser, branch channel Hannover-Linden up to km 10,75 and connecting channel to the ledge, pass channel Misburg up to km 0.92, branch channel Hildesheim to km 14,40, branch canal Salzgitter to km 17,96, Rothensee connection channel (to the Elbe),
13.
the Elbe-side channel (ESK) from the branch from the Mittelland Canal near Edesbüttel (ESK-km 0 ,04/MLKkm 233.65) to the entrance to the Elbe (El) near Artlenburg (ESK-km 115 ,18/El-km 572,97) and
14.
of the Elbe-Havel-Kanal (EHK) from the transition from the Mittelland Canal near Hohenwarthe (MLK/EHK-km 325,70) to the branch from the Lower Havel waterway (EHK-km 380,90) including Großer Wendsee with Nie-linking connection channel (to the Elbe), Niegripper Altkanal to km 0.45, Pareyer connecting channel (to the Elbe) and excavator Elbe, Bergzower Altkanal (BAK) from BAK-km 28,62 to the entrance into the Elbe-Havel-Kanal (BAK-km 30 ,04/EHK-km 355,16), Altenplathower Altkanal, Roßdorfer Altkanal, Woltersdorfer Altkanal, Wasserstraße Kleiner Wendsee-Wusterwitzer See (WWW) von der Einmündung in den Elbe-Havel-Kanal (WWW-km 0 ,50/EHKkm 378,99) bis Wusterwitz (WWW-km 3.93).

Footnote

§ 15.01 No. 6: italic pressure would have to be correctly "Hanekenfähr" unofficial table of contents

§ 15.02 Dimensions of the Vehicles and federations, unloading depth

1.
A vehicle or an association shall be of the following dimensions and Do not exceed the loading depth: inland waterway road Late depthmmm
2.
The dimensions and the unloading depths for the associations referred to in point 1, except for 1.5.3, 1.8 and 1.12.2, shall also apply to joint associations. The dimensions and unloading depths for the vehicles referred to in points 1.5.3, 1.8 and 1.12.2 shall also apply to the vehicles set in a joint assembly, the total length of the joint association on the Dortmund-Ems channel being the useful length of the existing vehicles. Do not exceed locks.
3.
The dimensions and unloading depths referred to in point 1.14 shall not apply to the stitch and old channels, secondary arms and any other Secondary waterways of the Elbe-Havel canal, provided that these are not listed separately.
Non-official table of contents

§ 15.03 Compilation of the Federations

1.
On the Dortmund-Ems Canal north of Bergeshövede including the Hase below the Opening of the Dortmund-Ems-Canal and the Ems from Meppen to Herbrum can only be set in a tow bar so that it can be found in a lock chamber of 161.00 m of useful length and 10,00 m width.
2.
On the Leda and Sagter Ems, only one vehicle may be towed in the appendix.
3.
On the Rothenseer The connection channel, the Elbe-Havel canal, the Nieuge Liaison Channel and the Pareyer Liaison Channel may be placed in a tow bar at most two annexes, if the towing vehicle or the dragged drawer are each does not exceed a length of 80.00 m.
4.
The towed trousers to the first attachment shall not exceed 100,00 m; the remaining towed trousers shall not be longer than 100.00 m. be longer than the vehicle.
5.
Vehicles, excluding small vehicles, may only be used for towing a damaged vehicle, for a short haul or with permission of the competent authority to drive.
Sentence 1 does not apply to
a)
on the Rhein-Herne-Canal, if the total width of the coupled vehicles does not exceed the permissible vehicle width according to § 15.02 (1.2),
b)
in the estuary of the Ruhr of km 0,00 to km 0,80 and the Wesel-Datteln-Canal from km 0,24 to km 0,90 up to a width of 22,90 m,
c)
on the Rothenseer connecting channel from the entrance to the port (km 3.96) to the Elbe (km 5.53),
d)
on the Niepper connecting canal from the Elbe (km 1.50) to the lock Niegripp.
name="BJNR000210012BJNE029801305 " />Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 15.04 Driving speed

1.1Ruhr
1.1.1km 0,00 (Ruhrmündung) to km 12,21 (above the Schlossbrücke in Mülheim)
Vehicles/Verband 38, 005,201,70
so far
1.1.2km 0,00 (Ruhrmündung) to km 0,80
a)
vehicle
135.0012,00 3, 00
b)
193,0022,90 3, 00
-the allowed depth of charge may be exceeded if the water level of the Rhine has a greater discharge depth The provisions of section 1.07 (1) shall remain unaffected; the permissible discharge depth shall be reduced if the water level of the Rhine at the level of the Ruhr under the brand 290 drops to the extent of the respective sinking of the water level -
1.1.3km 0.80 to km 1,90
a)
vehicle
135.0012,00 3, 00
b)
186,5012,00 3, 00
-the allowed depth of charge may be exceeded if the water level of the Rhine has a greater discharge depth The provisions of section 1.07 (1) shall remain unaffected; the permissible discharge depth shall be reduced if the water level of the Rhine at the level of the Ruhr under the brand 290 drops to the extent of the respective sinking of the water level -
1.1.4km 1.90 to km 2,80 (Ruhrschleuse Duisburg)
a)
vehicle
135.00 12, 003,00
b)
186,50 12, 003,00
-the allowed unloading depth is reduced, if the water level of the Rhine at the Ruhr level falls below the mark 290, to the extent of the respective sinking of the water level-
1.1.5km 2.80 to km 4,52
a)
vehicle
135, 0012,003,00
b)
186,50 12, 003,00
1.1.6km 4.52 to km 11,65
Vehicles/Association135,0012,003,00
A vehicle or a wheelset with a length of more than 90,00 m or a width of more than 9,65 m or with a loading depth of more than 2.50 m may only be used if it or it is active with an active BugControl or a two-screw drive and a voice connection between the control stand and the tip of the vehicle or the bandage.
1.2 Rhein-Herne-Channel
1.2.1km 0,16 (Ruhrorter Hafen) bis km 45,60 (Dortmund-Ems-Kanal) with connection channel to the Ruhr
a)
vehicle
110,00 9, 652,60
135, 0011,452,50
b)
165,00 9, 652,60
186,5011,452,50
- from km 0.16 (Ruhrorter Hafen) to km 0,65 (sluice Duisburg-Meiderich) is reduced
a)
the permissible unloading depth of 2.60 m when the water level of the Rhine at the Ruhrort level below the brand 220 sinks, and
b)
the permissible unloading depth of 2.50 m when the water level of the Rhine falls below the level 210 at the level Ruhrort
 to the extent of the respective sinking of the water level,
between km 39,97 (Port Victor) and km 45,60 (Dortmund-Ems-Channel) may drive a vehicle with a width of more than 9,65 m or a bandage of more than 165,00 m or a width of more than 9,65 m only in the time and direction specified in section 15.06 (6) (b) -
unless otherwise specified below
1.2.2km 0,16 to km 0,65 (Schleuse Duisburg-Meiderich)
a)
vehicle
135.00 11, 453,00
b)
186,50 11, 453,00
-Reduce the allowed depth of charge if the water level of the Rhine at the level Ruhrort
a)
at a depth of 3.00 m below the brand 260
b)
at a depth of 2.80 m below the mark 240,
c)
at a depth of 2.60 m below the brand 220
d)
at a drop depth of 2.50 m below the brand 210
to measure the extent of each drop Water level-
1.2.3km 0.65 to km 1,07 
a)
vehicle
135.0011,45 3, 00
b)
186,5011,45 3.00
1.2.4km 1.07 to km 24.53 with connection channel to the Ruhr
a)
vehicle
135.00 11, 452,80
b)
186,50 11, 452,80
A vehicle or a wheelset with a length of more than 90.00 m or a Width of more than 9,65 m or with a discharge depth of more than 2.50 m may only be used if it is or is equipped with an active bow control or a two-screw drive and a voice connection between the control stand and the tip of the vehicle
1.3Wesel-Datteln-Kanal
1.3.1km 0,24 (Rhine) to km 60,23 (Dortmund-Ems channel)
a)
135.00 11, 452,80
b)
186,50 11, 452,80
-from km 0,24 (Rhine) to km 0,90 (Rhein-Lippe-Hafen) may exceed the permissible unloading depth if the water level of the Rhine permits a greater depth of loading; the requirement of § 1.07 Number 1 remains unaffected,
 from km 0.24 to km 1.85 (lock Friedrichsfeld), the permissible unloading depth is reduced when the water level of the Rhine at the Wesel level drops below the mark 200 to the extent of the respective Decrease of the water level-
unless otherwise specified below
1.3.2km 0.24 to km 0.90 (Rhein-Lippe port)
b)
193, 0022,902,80
- the permissible discharge depth may be exceeded if the water level of the Rhine permits a greater discharge depth, the requirement of section 1.07 (1) shall remain unaffected; the permissible discharge depth shall be reduced if the water level of the Rhine at the Level Wesel falls below the mark 200 to the extent of the respective sinking of the water level-
A vehicle or a thrust dressing with a length of more than 90.00 m or one Width of more than 9,65 m or with a discharge depth of more than 2.50 m may only be used if it is or is equipped with an active bow control or a two-screw drive and a voice connection between the control stand and the tip of the vehicle or federation.
1.4Datteln-Hamm-Channel
1.4.1km 0,06 (Dortmund-Ems channel) to km 47,20
Vehicles/Association86,009,652,50
unless something else is set below
1.4.2km 0.06 to km 8.60 (Stumm port)
a)
vehicle
135.00 11, 452,80
b)
186,50 11, 452,80
1.4.3km 8.60 to km 11.30 (Lünen port)
a)
135.00 11, 452,80
b)
186,00 11, 452,80
1.4.4km 11,30 to km 35,87 (lock Hamm)
a)
135.00 11, 452,70
b)
186,00 11, 452,70
A vehicle or a drawer with a length of more than 90.00 m or more Width of more than 9,65 m or with a discharge depth of more than 2.50 m may only be used if it is or is equipped with an active bow control or a two-screw drive and a voice connection between the control stand and the tip of the vehicle or federation.
1.5Dortmund-Ems-Channel
1.5.1km 1,44 (Dortmund Port) to km 225,82 (Papenburg) including Hase and Ems
Vehicle/Federation90.009,652,50
 unless something else is set below 
1.5.2km 1.44 to km 21.50 and km 15.45 (Rhein-Herne-Kanal) to km 15,96
a)
vehicle
135.00 11, 452,80
b)
186,50 11, 452,80
1.5.3km 21.50 to km 81,90 (Bockholt)
a)
vehicle
110,00 10, 602,50
b)
165,00 9, 652,50
1.5.4km 81,90 to km 108,50
a)
vehicle
110,00 11, 452,80
b)
186,00 11, 452,80
1.5.5km 108,50 to km 138,00 (Gleesen)
Vehicle/Federation100.009,652,70
1.5.6km 138.00 to km 225,82 (Papenburg) including Hase and Ems
Vehicles/Association100.00 9, 652,70
90.00 10, 602,60
A vehicle or a push assembly with a length of more than 90.00 m or more a width of more than 9,65 m or with a discharge depth of more than 2.50 m may only be used if it is or is equipped with an active bow control or a two-screw drive and a voice connection between the control stand and the tip of the A vehicle or an association is equipped.
1.6Ems above Gleesen (km 82.65)
vehicle 26, 005,20depending on the water level
1.7without Content
1.8 Coastal Channel
1.8.1 km 0,00 (140,00 m below the Amalienbrücke in Oldenburg) to km 69,63 (Dortmund-Ems-Kanal, Ems) including Hunte
Vehicle/Federation100.00 9, 65depending on the water level up to 2.50
90, 0010,60depending on the water level up to 2.30
unless something else is set below
1.8.2km 1,71 (Schleuse Oldenburg) to km 64,00 (Dörpen)
Vehicle/Federation100.00 9, 652,50
90.00 10, 602,30
1.8.3km 64,00 to km 69,63 (Dortmund-Ems channel) with branch channel Dörpen
Vehicles/Association100.009,652,70
90.0010,602,60
-a vehicle or a wheelset with a length of more than 90,00 m or with a loading depth of more than 2.50 m may only be used if it is or is equipped with an active bow control or a two-screw drive and a voice connection between the control stand and the tip of the vehicle or the tape
1.9 Elisabethfehnkanal
Vehicle20,004,500,90
1.10Leda and Sagter Ems
Vehicle20,004,50 1, 20 related to MThw
1.11Ems-Side Channel
Vehicles/Draw 67, 008,20depending on the water level 1.55 to 2.00
1.12 Mittelland Channel
1.12.1Built-in routes of the Mittelland Channel
a)
vehicle
110,0011,45 2, 80
b)
thrust bandage
185,0011,45 2, 80
1.12.2non-developed center channel channel
1.12.2.1west km 318.50 with Ibbenbüren branch channel
Vehicle/Federation91,008,252,20
 85,009,002,20
95,009,60 2, 00
unless something else is set below
1.12.2.2km 235.89 to km 318.50
Draw Association 147, 009,002,10
-a wheelset with a length of more than 125.00 m may only drive if it is equipped with an active bow control device or a two-screw drive-
1.12.3stitch channels Osnabrück, Hannover-Linden, Misburg and Hildesheim
1.12.3.1stitch channel Osnabrück
1.12.3.1.1km 0.00 to km 13,01 
Vehicles/Draw 82, 009,602,30
so far
1.12.3.1.2km 0,00 to km 12,25 (entrance to the oil port)
Vehicles/Drawers82,00 9.602.80
1.12.3.2Hannover-Linden branch channel
1.12.3.2.1km 0,00 to km 10.75
Vehicle/pusher assembly82,009,602,30
 unless something else is set below 
1.12.3.2.2km 0,00 to km 9,50 (Unterwasser Hafenschleuse Hannover-Linden)
Vehicles/Drawers 85, 009,602,30
1.12.3.3stitch channel Misburg
a)
110,00 11, 452,80
b)
thrust bandage
185.00 11, 452,80
1.12.3.4Hildesheim branch channel
Vehicle/Draw Association82,009,602,30
1.12.4North connection channel to the Weser 
Vehicles/Drawers85,009,60 2.50
1.12.5South connecting channel to the Weser
Vehicles/Draw 82, 009,602,50
1.12.6 Salzgitter Stitch Channel
1.12.6.1when using the sluices located on the ostufer
a)
vehicle
110,009,60 2, 80
110,0010,60 2, 65
)
thrust bandage
110,0011,45 2.50
185,009,60 2, 80
185,00 10, 602,65
185,00 11, 452,50
1.12.6.2if you are using the west bank Schleusen
a)
110,00 9, 602,50
110, 0011,452,20
b)
thrust bandage
185.00 9, 602,50
185, 0011,452,20
1.12.7Rothenseer Connection Channel
1.12.7.1 Rothenseer connecting channel Altstrecke mit Schiffshebewerk Rothensee km 0,12 bis km 1,00
Vehicles/Association82,00 9,501,90
82,00 9, 002,10
1.12.7.2Rothenseer connection channel with Ship sluice km 0.19 to km 3.96 (entrance to port)
a)
vehicle
110, 0011,45depending on the driveway depth
b)
185, 0011,45depending on the driveway depth
-the driveway depth is determined from the lower front port of the Rothensee lock and from the lower port of the ship lift Rothensee to the entrance to the Elbe after the water level; the smallest driveway depth is from the competent authority on a daily basis; in the selection of the depth of unloading, the known drivings and the current water level development must be taken into account-
1.12.7.3 km 3.96 (entrance to port) to km 5.53 (Elbe) 
a)
vehicle
110,0011,45depending on Drip depth
b)
100.0019,20depending on Drip depth
185.0011.45 depending on the driveway depth
-the driveway depth is determined by the lower front port of the lock Rothensee and from the lower port of the ship lift Rothensee to the entrance to the river Elbe after the water level; the smallest driverine depth is made known daily by the competent authority; in the choice of the unloading depth are known to take account of the current water level development-
1.13Elbe-Side Channel
1.13.1from km 0.00 to km 115,18 (Injunction in the Elbe)
a)
vehicle
100, 0011,452,80
b)
thrust bandage
185.00 11, 452,80
unless otherwise specified in the following
1.13.2 from km 0,00 to km 100,23 (Lüneburg port)
Vehicle110,0011,452,80
1.14Elbe-Havel channel
1.14.1km 325,70 (Unterwasser Schleuse Hohenwarthe) to km 380,90 (Untere Havel-Wasserstraße) with Großem Wendsee without lock Niegripp and Schleuse Parey
a)
vehicle
80, 009,002,00
86, 008,252,00
b)
Draw
80.00 9, 002,00
125, 008,252,00
as follows is not set to something else
1.14.2Nieuclear Connection Channel 
1.14.2.1km 0.10 (Elbe-Havel channel) to Schleuse Niegripp
a)
vehicle
110,00 11, 452,80
b)
185.00 11, 452,80
1.14.2.2Schleuse Niegripp to km 1,55 (Elbe)
a)
vehicle
110,00 11, 45depending on the route depth of the Elbe distance 6
b)
145.00 22, 90depending on the itching depth of the Elbe track 6
185, 0011,45depending on the itching depth of the Elbe track 6
-the driveway depth is determined from the lower front port of the lock Niegripp to the entrance to the Elbe river after the water level; the lowest driveway depth is daily from the competent authority made known; in the choice of the unloading depth, the known driveway depths and the current water level development must be taken into account-
1.14.3 Pareyer Connection Channel
1.14.3.1km 0.01 (Elbe) to km 0.70 (at Schleuse Parey)
a)
vehicle
86,009,60depending on Road depth of the Elbe Track 7
)
86,009,60depending on Driving channel depth of the Elbe Track 7
125,00 8, 25depending on the driveway depth of the Elbe route 7
-the driving depth of the journey from the entrance into the Elbe to the lower front port of the sluice Parey after the water level; the smallest driverine depth shall be made known daily by the competent authority; in the choice of the unloading depth, the information shall be made known Driving trough depths and the current water level development to be taken into account-
1.14.3.2km 0.70 to km 0.90 (at Schleuse Parey)
Vehicle/Federation70.008,201,85
 At a level of Elbpegel the lock Parey less than 3.70 m
a)
vehicle
86,008,20 1, 85
b)
91,008,20 1, 85
1.14.3.3km 0,90 (at Schleuse Parey) to km 1,80 (gravel loading station) with excavator elbob up to km 0.31
a)
vehicle
80.00 9, 002,00
86,00 8, 252,00
b)
80,00 9, 002,00
125, 008,252,00
1.14.3.4km 1,80 (gravel loading station) to km 3.34 (Elbe-Havel channel)
a)
80, 009,002,50
86,008,252,50
b)
80, 009,002,50
125, 008,252,50
1.14.4 Roßdorfer Altkanal
km 0,12 (western branch from the Elbe-Havel channel) to km 0.90
a)
vehicle
80.008,25 1, 75
b)
thrust bandage
82,008,25 1, 75
1.14.5Waterway Kleiner Wendsee-Wusterwitzer See
Vehicles/Drawers 46, 006,60depending on the water level.
1.
The allowable Maximum speed on the shore is for a vehicle or an association
a) on with a discharge depth of not more than 1.30 mwith a depth of more than 1.30 m
km/h km/h
the Rhein-Herne-Kanal, the Ruhr, the Wesel-Datteln-Kanal, the Dortmund-Ems-Kanal, including the lock-lock channels of the Ems below Meppen, the Nieu-connecting channel, the Constructed sections of the Mittelland Canal, the constructed tracks of the Elbe-Havel canal, the upgraded tracks of the Dattel-Hamm-Canal, the Salzgitter branch canal and the Elbe-side canal.12 10
the unupgraded lines of the Datteln-Hamm-Channel, the coastal channel including Hunte with branch canal, the undeveloped sections of the Mittelland channel and its branch channels and connecting channels, except for Rothenseer connection channel, the undeveloped routes Elbe-Havel-Channel108
the Ems above Gleesen, the Elisabethfehnkanal and Ems-Side Channel 7 5,
aa)
for a vehicle without an attachment that is of its design only for towing , the maximum allowable speed limit fixed for a vehicle with a loading depth of no more than 1.30 m
 
bb)
for a vehicle or a push assembly of more than 90.00 m in length or greater than 9.60 m in width or with a depth of more than 2.50
aaa)
on the Wesel-Dattel-Kanal, on the Ruhr from the Ruhrschleuse to km 11,65, on the Rhine-Herne-Canal from the Schleusengruppe Gelsenkirchen to the port Victor (km 39,97) and on the Dortmund-Ems channel from Dortmund port (km 1.44) to Datteln (km 21.50
8 km/h,
bbb)
on the Rhine-Herne canal from the port of Victor (km 39,97) to the Dortmund-Ems-Canal (km 45.60)
6 km/h,
ccc)
on the connection channel to the
5 km/h,
cc)
for a vehicle or a bandage of more than 86.00 m each with a water level of 120 cm and more at the Hase-Hubbrücke level in Meppen on the Dortmund-Ems-Canal between the locks Meppen and Hüntel
12 km/h,
dd)
for a vehicle or a drawer, each with a discharge depth of more than 2.50 m is valid on the Dortmund-Ems-Canal between Bergeshövede (km 108,50) and Papenburg (km 225,82
8 km/h,
b)
on the Leda and Sagter Ems for a vehicle with no more than 1.20 m reloading depth
aa)
on the ride against the
7 km/h,
bb)
when you drive against the
10 km/h,
)
on the Rothenseer connection channel9 km/h,
d)
on the Pareyer connection channel and the Roßdorfer Altkanal6 km/h,
e)
on the lakes: Großer and Kleiner Wendsee, Wusterwitzer See12 km/h.
2.
By way of derogation from point 1, point (a), the maximum permitted speed on the shore is on the inland waterways referred to there for a small vehicle 12 km/h.
Set 1 does not apply to the Elisabethfehnkanal and the Ems page channel.
3.
By way of derogation from point 1 (a) and number 2, set 1, the maximum permitted speed is on the shore on the developed stretches of the Mittelland Canal, the Salzgitter branch and on the Elbe-side channel for a small vehicle15 km/h.
4.
By way of derogation from point 1, point (e), the maximum allowed speed is for the shore to be Sports car with machine drive outside of the near-near protective strip
As the protective strip near the shore shall be a 100 m wide water surface running parallel to the shore line (land-water transition).25 km/h.
5.
The competent authority can individual routes and, on a specific occasion, by way of derogation from points 2, 3 and 4, permit higher speeds for a small vehicle, if this does not affect the condition and use of the waterway and the rest of the shipping traffic .
6.
The minimum speed opposite the shore is for a vehicle or a federation, excluding small vehicles without a drive machine,
a)
on the upgraded center channel and on the Elbe-side channel 6 km/h,
)
on the rest of the inland waterways referred to in point 1 (a) and (c), except on the Ems above Gleesen, the Elisabethfehnkanal, the Ems side channel, and on the river routes5 km/h.
In individual cases, the competent authority may reduce the minimum speed if it does not affect the safety and lightness of traffic.
unofficial table of contents

§ 15.05 Bergfahrt

As a mountain drive,

on the, the or the drive in the direction
Rhein-Herne-ChannelHenrichenburg
Wesel-Datteln-ChannelDatteln
Datteln-Hamm-ChannelSchmehausen
Dortmund-Ems-Channel Dortmund
Coastal ChannelDortmund-Ems-Channel (Ems)
Dörpen branch Endport
ElisabethfehnkanalCoastal Channel
Ems-Side ChannelOldersum
MittellandkanalElbe-Havel-Channel
Key channels of the center channelEnd ports
Connection channels North and South to the Weser Mittellandkanal
Rothenseer connection channelElbe
Elbe-Side Channel Mittellandkanal
Elbe-Havel-ChannelLower Havel waterway
Nieulet Connection ChannelElbe-Havel-Channel
Pareyer Connection Channel Elbe-Havel channel
Roßdorfer Altkanal (western branch)Roßdorfer Altkanal (km 0,90)
Waterway Kleiner Wendsee-Wusterwitzer SeeWusterwitz.
Non-official Table of Contents

§ 15.06 encounter

1.
When you encounter vehicles and associations, you must deviating from § § 6.04 and 6.05 Backbord to Backbord pass by. The provisions of § 6.07 on the encounter in tight drivetrain remain unaffected.
2.
Number 1 does not apply on the river routes of the Ems below Meppen. § § 6.04 and 6.05 apply for the encounter on these river routes, however, a mountain driver must leave the deep side of the running water (pit) to a cyclist on request and, if necessary, slow down his journey to this end, or
3.
By way of derogation from point 1, it is possible, for important reason, to require the starboard to be set at starboard control board if this is possible without danger. In this case, without prejudice to § 6.04 (3), the prior mutual understanding shall be effected by means of radio communication.
4.
On the inland waterways
a)
Ruhr from km 5.60 to km 7.45,
connecting channel to Ruhr, Dortmund-Ems channelfrom km 1.44 to km 2.40,
from km 9.50 to km 12.30 and
from km 13.00 to km 13,90
mayvehicles or associations of more than 90.00 m in length or more than 9,65 m wide or with a discharge depth of more than 2,50 m and
Ruhrfrom km 0.40 to km 2,00
not meet vehicles or associations of more than 100.00 m in length each.
For this purpose, the following provisions shall apply: Note:
aa)
when approaching these routes, and when passing through these routes, a vehicle must be or a federation to report several times on channel 10 via voice radio;
bb)
is to be seen that an encounter with a vehicle running to valley or a valley to valley if the vehicle travelling to the valley or the bandage travelling to the valley would have to stop underneath the tracks, until the vehicle or the road to the valley has passed through it;
cc)
is a car that is too mountain or a mountain bike has already passed into the tracks before, so the vehicle or the valley running to the valley has to be Stop above the tracks until the vehicle or the road to the mountain has passed through it;
b)
Dortmund-Ems-Channelfrom km 3.00 to km 6.90,


may be a vehicle or an association of more than 90.00 m in length or more as a width of 9.65 m or with a discharge depth of more than 2.50 m, other than a small vehicle, or other vehicle or association. For this purpose, this vehicle or association must, on approaching these routes, report several times on channel 10 via voice radio. It or it may not enter these routes until it or it has verified that an encounter with another vehicle and association is excluded.
5.
On the Datteln-Hamm channel
a)
of km 11.40 to km 15,00
aa)
may be a vehicle or an association, excluding small vehicles or a bilge fishing boat, a bunker boat or a passenger ship with a length of no more than 42.00 m and a width of not more than 6,50 m, from km 13.00 to km 15,00, the said duct only travel in one direction; and true:

in the mountain drive (from dates in the direction of Hamm)
in time from02:00 AM to 03:00 PM Watch,
04:00 AM to 05:00 AM,
06:00 AM 07:00,
08:00 AM-09:00 AM,
10:00 Clock until 11:00 a.m.,
12:00 p.m. to 13:00,
14:00 AM to 15:00 AM,
16:00 AM to 5:00 PM,
18:00 bis 19:00 h,
20:00 bis 21:00 h,
22:00 am to 23:00 h,
24:00 bis 01:00,


in the descent (from Hamm to Date Direction)
in the time from03:00 AM to 04:00 PM
 05:00 bis 06:00 AM,
07:00 AM to 08:00 AM,
09:00 AM to 10:00 AM,
11:00 AM to 12:00 PM,
13:00 AM to 14:00 AM,
15:00 AM to 4:00 PM,
17:00 bis 18:00 h,
19:00 bis 20:00 Watch,
21:00 bis 22:00 Uhr,
23:00 bis 24:00,
01:00 AM to 02:00 AM;
bb)
The vehicle or an association which cannot reach its destination until the period of time fixed for its direction of travel does not have to be reached, the journey must be set in time at a suitable berth until the journey to double-letter aa is permitted;
cc)
to avert threats to the safety and ease of traffic, the journey on said channel may differ from double letter aa regulated;
b)
from km 35,87 to Schmehausen (km 47,20)
aa)
a vehicle or an association, with the exception of small vehicles, can only drive in one direction on the channel west of the Schleuse Werries. It or he may only travel the route if it or he has registered before the start of the lock at the lock intentions in Hamm and Werries and have released this ride;
bb)
a vehicle or an association, with the exception of small vehicles, can only drive in one direction on the channel east of the sluice Werries. During the lock operating hours, it or he may only drive the route if it or he has registered at the Schleusensupervisor Werries before the start of the journey and this has released the trip. Outside the lock operating hours, only the mountain ride (from the Schleuse Werries in the direction of Schmehausen) is up to two hours after the end of the lock-up time and only the descent (from Schmehausen) until the start of the lock-up time. in the direction of Schleuse Werries). In this case, the descent must be at least one hour before the start of the lock-up time.
6.
On the Rhine-Herne-Channel < dl style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
a)
from km 24.70 to km 26,03, and
from km 33.00 to km 34,70
may be a vehicle with a width of More than 9,65 m or a consist of more than 165,00 m or a width of more than 9,65 m shall not meet another vehicle or association, other than small vehicles. For this purpose, this vehicle or association must, on approaching these routes, report several times on channel 10 via voice radio. It or it may not enter these routes until it or it has verified that an encounter with other vehicles and associations is excluded;
b)
from Port Victor (km 39,97) to the Dortmund-Ems-Channel (km 45,60), a vehicle or an association, with the exception of small vehicles, must travel in one direction only in one direction from 22:00 to 05:00 in the period from 22:00 to 05:00, and that:

in the descent (from the Dortmund-Ems canal towards the port of Victor)
in the time from22:00 h to 00:30 Watch,
02:00 am until 03:30 am,


in the mountain drive (from the port of Victor in the direction of Dortmund-Ems-channel)
in the time from00:30 AM to 02:00 AM,
03:30 to 05:00 AM.


A vehicle or association that cannot reach its destination until the period of time fixed for its direction of travel does not require a ride on a suitable vehicle or a vehicle. Set the berth in good time until the next ride is allowed
7.
On the Dortmund-Ems-Canal < dl style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
a)
from Höltingmühle (km 165,83) to Roheide (km 168,45) may be used for vehicles or associations with a length of more than 70,00 m at a water level of the Hase under 200 cm at the level of the Hase lift bridge in Meppen do not meet each other. For this purpose, follow the following terms:
aa)
when approaching this route and the Passing through the route, such a vehicle or such a bandage has to report several times on channel 10 via voice radio;
bb)
is to be seen that an encounter with a vehicle running down to the valley or a bandage to be carried out to the valley, the vehicle running to the mountain or the bandage to be uphold must stop below the route until the vehicle or the valley moving to the valley is If the association has passed it;
cc)
is a vehicle that is too mountain or a confederation that is too mountain has already entered the track before, so it has to go to the valley stop at the end of the track until the vehicle to the mountain or the bandage that is too mountain has passed it;
b)
Between the locks Meppen and Hüntel
aa)
with a water level of 130 cm and more at the level of the Hase lift bridge in Meppen, a vehicle or a push assembly of more than 86,00 m in length can be used only in one Drive direction. It or it may not enter this route until the lock intentions in Meppen and Hüntel have released the ride;
bb)
may be at a water level of the Hare from 200 cm and more at the level of the Hase lift bridge in Meppen all vehicles and associations, excluding small vehicles, each only drive in one direction. They are not allowed to enter this route until the lock-ups in Meppen and Hüntel have released the ride.
8.
On the coastal channel of the berth Hundsmühlen (km 5,37) up to the deck Kampe (km 27,36)
a)
must be a vehicle or a Dressing in response to a reduction in speed in time to avoid harmful wave impact or harmful sogaction; it or it must be as close as possible to the edge of the running water during the meeting;
b)
The vehicles or associations with a width of more than 8.70 m and a loading depth of more than 2.15 m are not allowed to meet each other. For this purpose, follow the following provisions:
aa)
Hundsmühlen(km 5.37 to km 5.56, Südufer)
Wardenburg (km 9.17 to km 9.27, north shore)
Jeddeloh(km 13.95 to km 14.29, south shore)
Edewechterdamm(km 19,59 to km 19,69, Nordufer)
Ahrensdorf(km 23,25 to km 23,35, South shore)
Kampe(km 27.26 to km 27.36, southern shore
musta vehicle or association several times on channel 10 via voice radio report;
bb)
is to be seen that an encounter with a vehicle running down to the valley or a bandage that is going down to the valley would have to take place, the road to the mountain must be Set the vehicle or the confederation to the mountain in the next evasive point until the vehicle or the valley moving to the valley has passed through it;
cc)
is a car that is too mountain or an association that is too mountain has already passed into the track between two yielding points, the road to the valley has to be Set the vehicle or the road to the valley in the next evasive point until the vehicle or the mountain moving to the mountain has passed through it
9.
On the canal bridge of the Mittelland Canal (km 321.25 to km 322,40), the encounter is forbidden. It may only be used in the direction of traffic. The direction traffic is carried out in radio self-perception via radio channel 10 (traffic circle ship-ship).
10.
On the Pareyer connection channel from the Gravel loading station (km 1.80) up to the Elbe-Havel Canal (km 3.29) shall not meet a vehicle or association with a loading depth of more than 2.00 m from another vehicle or association, with the exception of small vehicles. The required agreements are to be made in radio self-awareness via the first assigned radio channel ship-ship before the journey takes place.
Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 15.07 Overtake

1.
The overtaking is forbidden.
2.
The overtaking of the extended tracks is not the case. of the Central Canal, with the exception of the Canal Bridge of the Mittelland Canal (km 321.25 to km 322.40), the Datteln-Hamm-Canal, the Rhine-Herne Canal, the Dortmund-Ems-Canal and the Elbe-Havel Canal, as well as on the Elbe-side canal.
3.
Deviating from number 1, overtaking by tag allows:
a)
an individually moving vehicle with a machine drive built or set up exclusively for towing or pushing, except on the canal bridge of the Mittelland channel (km 321.25 to km 322.40);
b)
on the Ruhr below the connecting channel, on the Rhine-Herne-Canal from the Schleusengruppe Gelsenkirchen to the Schleusengruppe Herne East, on the Leda and Sagter Ems;
c)
on the Rhine-Herne-Canal from the flock group Herne Ost to the Dortmund-Ems-Canal, the undeveloped routes of the Dortmund-Ems-channel including the hare below the entrance of the Dortmund-Ems channel and on the lower lock channels of the Ems between Meppen and Herbrum, if a vehicle or a bandage respectively does not have the unloading depth of 1.70 m ;
d)
on the Ems below Meppen:

a mountain driver on the river routes in general, but not at a water level of 200 cm hare and more at the level Hase-lift bridge in Meppen between the locks Meppen and Hüntel; a valley driver on the upper lock channels between Meppen and Herbrum;
e)
on the Wesel-Datteln-Kanal, the coastal channel with the branch channel Dörpen and on the non-developed sections of the Mittelland channel with the branch channels and the connecting channels to the Weser, if a vehicle or a bandage in each case the following widths and Depth of charge does not exceed:

f)
on the Rothenseer connection channel and the Elbe-Havel Canal when a vehicle or a bandage does not exceed the following dimensions and depth of charge:

1,70 m width 6.25 m;
1.40 m at a width to 8.20 m;
1.30 m at a width up to 9.50 m;
1.70 m at a width of up to 6.20 m and a length up to 42.00 m;
1.60 m with a width of up to 6.25 m and a length of up to 53.00 m;
1.40 m with a width of up to 8.25 m and a length of up to 8.25 m. Length up to 80.00 m;
1.30 m with a width of up to 8.25 m and a length of up to 82.00 m.
4.
Number 3 does not apply to a vehicle or association of more than 90,00 m in length or of more than 9,60 m width or with a discharge depth of more than 2,50 m on the Ruhr the Ruhr mouth to above the Nordbrücke Mülheim (km 11,65), on the Rhine-Herne-Canal, on the Wesel-Datteln-Kanal and on the undeveloped tracks of the Dortmund-Ems-Canal.
5.
A small vehicle may be overhauled and overtaken by way of derogation from point 1, except on the Canal Bridge of the Mittelland Canal (km 321.25 to km 322.40).
Table of Contents unofficial

§ 15.08 Contact

A vehicle may only apply if the maneuver can be performed without touching the banks and buildings. Non-official table of contents

§ 15.09 anchors

(no special regulations) Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 15.10 Downtime

1.
A small vehicle is not allowed to fly at a berth without permission of the competent authority for up to three days.
2.
A small vehicle should be shut down as possible only at the ends of a reclining location.
3.
The following in accordance with § 3.20 The prescribed designation does not need to be performed if the vehicle is stationary at a reclining location outside of the continuous channel profile.
4.
On the Datteln-Hamm-Canal from the Hammer Railway Bridge (km 35,87) to Schmehausen (km 47,20), the running of the ship's screws during the standstill is
5.
5.
A residential boat shall only be allowed on the Leda and Sagter Ems as well as on the Ems side channel only at a place approved by the competent authority for this purpose.
unofficial table of contents

§ 15.11 shipping at high tide

(no special regulations) Non-official table of contents

§ 15.12 Shipping on ice

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 15.13 Nightship

(no special rules) unofficial Table of Contents

§ 15.14 Use of carrier ship creators

(no special regulations) Non-official table of contents

§ 15.15 Reporting requirement

1.
The ship's guide of a vehicle or association that is subject to the ADN, as well as the skipper of a tanker, a cabin vessel, a seagoing vessel, an association with a length of more than 140,00 m or a special transport pursuant to § 1.21 must be carried out before the entrance to the Ruhr, the Rhein-Herne-Kanal, the Wesel-Datteln-Kanal, den Datteln-Hamm-Kanal, den coastal kanal und den Dortmund-Ems-Kanal von Papenburg (km 225,82) bis zum Hafen Dortmund (km 1,44) auf dem im Handbuch Inland schifffahrtsfunk (§ 1.10 Point 1 letter l) announced channel of the Report the Nautische Information traffic circle at the "Duisburg Revierzentrale" radio station and provide the following information:
a)
ship-gatt;
b)
ship-name;
c)
Location, direction of travel;
d)
Single European ship number or official ship number, at Seeschiffen IMO ship identification number and distinguishing signal;
e)
Load-bearing capacity;
f)
Length and Width of the Vehicle;
g)
Tape Type, Length and Width;
h)
Fahrtroute;
i)
Beladehafen;
j)
unload port;
k)
for dangerous goods by ADN:
aa)
the UN number or fabric number,
bb)
the official designation for the promotion, if applicable supplemented by the technical designation,
cc)
the class, the classification code and, if applicable, the packaging group,
dd)
the total amount of dangerous goods for which this information applies;
k1)
for other goods as dangerous goods: the type of cargo (fabric name, Quantity);
l)
Number of blue lights/blue cones guided;
m)
number of vessels on board.
By way of derogation from the first sentence, the notification must be made on the coastal channel in the mountain voyage when leaving the Schleuse Oldenburg. In response to a special request from the "Duisburg Revierzentrale" radio station, the ship's guide has to provide information on the draught of the vehicle, the association or the special transport carried out by the ship in accordance with § 1.21. The limits of the notifiable routes are indicated by the Table Signs B.11 (Appendix 7) with an additional sign "Reporting obligation".
2.
The number 1. Sentence 1, except in the case (c) and (m), may also be provided by another entity or person in good time before the vehicle, association or special transport in accordance with § 1.21 in a notifiable route in writing, by telephone or by electronic means of the "Duisburg Revierzentrale" radio station. For a transport with a load of more than two dangerous goods, the notification must be made in writing or electronically. In any case, the ship's operator must report to the "Duisburg Revierzentrale" radio station if he enters a notifiable route with the vehicle, association or special transport he/she is carrying in accordance with § 1.21 and this route is re-used again.
3.
A vehicle, association or special transport in accordance with § 1.21 of the journey within a notifiable route for more than two hours shall be subject to the Report the beginning and end of the interruption of the radio station "Duisburg Revierzentrale".
4.
Change the information according to number 1 during the journey in one of the following: The ship ' s operator must inform the "Duisburg Revierzentrale" radio station immediately.
5.
A vehicle, an association or a vehicle Special transport in accordance with § 1.21, which has already issued a notification pursuant to section 12.01 (1) of the Rhine Navigation Ordinance on the Rhine and enters the notifiable route on the Rhine, the "Duisburg Revierzentrale" radio station has to be used in the course of the following By passing the reporting points marked with Table Signs B.11 (Annex 7), only the information referred to in point 1, first sentence, point (a) to (d), shall be communicated.
unofficial table of contents

§ 15.16 height of bridges, other fixed superstructures, and overhead lines

1.The passage height under a fixed bridge or other solid superstructure is at normal channel water level
 a)on the Ruhr (for normal stau)
aa)
below km 11.65
6.50 m,
bb)
above km 11.65
4.75 m,
b)on the Rhein-Herne-Channel,4.50 m,
c)on the Wesel Datteln channel4,50 m,
d)on the Dortmund-Ems channel
aa)
from port Dortmund (km 1.44) to Datteln (km 21,50)
4,50 m,
bb)
from km 21,50 to Papenburg (km 225,82), but under the Hase lift bridge in Meppen only, if the passage height at the bridge level does not fall below 4.25 m
4.25 m,
e)on the coastal channel4.50 m,
f) on the sections of the Mittelland channel marked by "Built-out track"5.25 m,
g)on the Salzgitter branch channel
 
aa)
Use of the floodgates on the eastern
5.25 m,
bb)
when using the westlock of the floodgroup Wedtlenstedt
4.10 m,
cc)
when using the westlock of the lock group Üfingen,
3, 80 m,
h)on the Rothensee connection channel (at HSW of the Elbe) 5.00 m,
i)on the non-developed stretches of the Mittelland channel, with Exception of the lower gate of the Nordkammer der Schleuse Sülfeld,5,25 m,
j) on the cut-off channels, except for the Salzgitter branch channel, and the center channel connecting channels4,00 m,
k)on the Elbe side channel5.25 m,
l)on the Elbe-Havel channel4,80 m,
m)on the other North German channels4,00 m.
2. The passage height under a overhead line is at normal water level8,00 m.
3. The heights mentioned in paragraphs 1 and 2 can be reduced due to changes in water level due to changing water supply, lock shafts, wind energy and floods.
4.The passage height of the railway bridge over the connecting channel between the Kleiner Wendsee and the Wusterwitzer See is at a water level of 286 cm at the lower level Wusterwitz limited to 3.75 m.
unofficial table of contents

§ 15.17 Marking of the bridges and weir runs

(none special rules) unofficial table of contents

§ 15.18 passing through the bridges, locking mechanisms,
weirs, locks and individual power lines

1.
At the Hase lift bridge in Meppen, the signal lights according to § 6.26 number 4 and 5 are shown only if: the passage height of 4.25 m is undershot by rising water levels. The clearance height is displayed at the bridge levels.
2.
The opening of the Hase lift bridge is above the traffic circle indicated by the Table sign B.11 (Appendix 7). To request nautical information in the form of bridge supervision.
3.
On the water side of the approximately 600,00 m above and about 400.00 m below the Leda barrier Only one vehicle, a bandage or a swimming body waiting for passage shall be fixed.
4.
If the passage through the Leda barrier is not carried out with Shipping signs according to § 6.08, point 2 are regulated, are prohibited and the overtaking within a transit opening is prohibited. Before driving, the vehicle running with the electricity, at Tideflood the Taldriver, at TidenLow Water is the mountain driver.
Non-official Table of contents

§ 15.19 Use of locks, boat locks and boating equipment

At water levels of more than 500 cm at the Elbe level of the sluice Parey, the lock mode is set. Non-official table of contents

§ 15.20 Sailing

The sailing, except on the waterways of Großer Wendsee and Kleiner Wendsee-Wusterwitzer See, is forbidden. The competent authority may, on a case-by-case basis, allow for exemptions if the safety and ease of transport are not affected thereby. Non-official table of contents

§ 15.21 vehicles name

1.
The distances between the vehicle's topplight at the top of a trawl and the second, and between the second and the third white strong light, may be up to 50 cm
2.
All attachments of a towed belt must lead to the tail light. This is, except in the case of the last annex, to be faded through a matt glass pane.
Non-official table of contents

§ 15.22 Regulations on the Transport

(no special provisions) Non-official table of contents

§ 15.23 Rules for voice radio

On the Dortmund-Ems-Channel from the port Dortmund (km 1.44) to Papenburg (km 225,82), including Hase and Ems, § 4.05 (3) also applies to a rope ferry. The competent authority may grant derogations from the first sentence for individual rope ferries in so far as the safety and lightness of the traffic is not affected by the conditions at the ferry station. Non-official table of contents

§ 15.24 Special provisions for small vehicles

(no special provisions) unofficial table of contents

§ 15.25 Use of waste water, canals, and individual waterways

A vehicle, except a small vehicle, may be
1.
SKO-km 0,00 to Schleuse Haste (SKO-km 12.69),
2.
the Salzgitter (SKS) branch channel from the Schleusengruppe Wedtlenstedt (SKS-km 4.56) to the port of Beddingen (SKS-km 13.50)
only after clearance by the lock inspection. Non-official table of contents

§ 15.26 Protection of channels and assets

1.
A slipline may only be used at the top of a tape if its bow shape is The floor plan is rounded off on both sides and tapered in such a way that the width of the bow wall falls below the overall width of the shoe lead to at least 1.50 m; the length of the rejuvenation must be at least three times the half width reduction of the Bow wall. The same shall apply to the bow of an individually moving or towing vehicle with a pontoon shape.
2.
The competent authority may have a vehicle or a bandage with a of the bow form, which differs from point 1, if it does not adversely affect the condition or use of waterways, as well as the safety and lightness of the shipping. The admission in accordance with the first sentence can be limited in time and place.
Non-official table of contents

§ 15.27 Transport restrictions of the Navigating the

canals Ems-Hase-Kanal, Hanekenfähr and Meppen, the Ems from Hanekenfähr to Meppen, the hare above the injunction into the Dortmund-Ems-Canal, the old canals of the Elbe-Havel-Canal, except for Roßdorfer Altkanal of km 0,12 to km 0,90, and the excavator elbe above km 0,31 is prohibited. Sentence 1 shall not apply to a small vehicle. Non-official table of contents

§ 15.28 Use of waterways

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 15.29 ship guide's behavioural duties,
crew on board, owner, and outfitter

1.
The ship's guide and the person responsible for course and speed pursuant to § 1.03 (3) each
a)
ensure that
aa)
the vehicle or the association the approved maximum speed according to § 15.04, number 1 to 3 and 4 Set 1, also in conjunction with point 5, does not exceed and
bb)
its vehicle or association the required minimum speed in accordance with § 15.04 (6) sentence 1, Also in connection with set 2, not below
b)
the rules about
aa)
the behavior of the encounter according to § 15.06 number 1 sentence 1 and number 2 to 10,
bb)
to overtake the ban in accordance with § 15.07, number 1, also in conjunction with number 3 and 4,
cc)
turn according to § 15.08,
dd)
passage and behaviour when passing through the Leda barrier according to § 15.18, point 4, and
ee)
to comply with the radio on a rope ferry pursuant to § 15.23 sentence 1 in conjunction with § 4.05 number 3
or to ensure that these are complied with, and
c)
on the annex set to a towing association during the ride at night the name is guided according to § 15.21, point 2
2.
The ship's guide has
a)
make sure that
aa)
that of it Guided vehicle or the association
aaa)
the approved maximum dimensions; and Discharge depths according to § 15.02 number 1.1.1 to 1.5.5, 1.9, 1.10, 1.12.1, 1.12.3 to 1.12.7.1, 1.13.1 to 1.14.2.1 and 1.14.3.2 to 1.14.4, also in conjunction with the number 2 set 1, the approved maximum dimensions or discharge depths according to § 15.02 Point 1.5.6, 1.8.2, 1.8.3 and 1.12.2, also in conjunction with the second sentence of point 2, the maximum permitted measurements according to § 15.02, points 1.6, 1.11, 1.12.7.2, 1.12.7.3, 1.14.2.2, 1.14.3.1 and 1.14.5, also in conjunction with the first sentence of the second sentence of paragraph 2, and the permitted maximum dimensions according to § 15.02, point 1.8.1, also in conjunction with the second sentence of point 2, and
bbb)
the approved discharge depths according to § 15.02, point 1.6., 1.8.1, 1.11, 1.12.7.2, 1.12.7.3, 1.14.2.2, 1.14.3.1 and 1.14.5
does not exceed
bb)
on the vehicle or association it is guided in in the number of § 15.02 number 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.8.3 and 1.12.2.2, respectively, the respective equipment specified there,
cc)
the runway Osnabrück from SKO-km 0,00 to To the lock Haste (SKO-km 12, 69) according to § 15.25 number 1 only after release by the lock inspection at the lock Haste is driven,
dd)
the branch channel Salzgitter From the Schleusengruppe Wedtlenstedt (SKS-km 4.56) to the port of Beddingen (SKS-km 13,50) according to § 15.25 number 2 only after release by the lock supervision at the Schleusengruppe Wedtlenstedt will be driven and
ee)
the bow of an individually moving or towing vehicle with a pontoon shape according to § 15.26 number 1 sentence 1
b)
the rules on
aa)
the Compilation of the associations according to § 15.03 number 1 to 5 sentence 1,
bb)
the standstill according to § 15.10 number 1, 4 and 5,
cc)
the reporting obligation according to § 15.15 number 1 set 1 to 3, number 2 sentence 2, 3 and number 3 to 5, and
dd)
(c)
to comply with the provisions of section 15.26 (1) sentence 1
, or to ensure that they are complied with,
c)
the Ban, sail, observe or ensure that it is observed and
d)
the prohibition provided for in § 15.27, sentence 1, the specified prohibition Navigating inland waterways, respecting or ensuring that this is observed.
3.
The owner and the equipment supplier may each have the following: When
a)
means the vehicle or the vehicle, the vehicle or the vehicle must be put into service only or only if
a)
aa)
the approved maximum dimensions and depth of unloading in accordance with § 15.02, points 1.1.1 to 1.5.5, 1.9, 1.10, 1.12.1, 1.12.3 to 1.12.7.1, 1.13.1 to 1.14.2.1 and 1.14.3.2 to 1.14.4, also in conjunction with the first sentence of point 2, the approved maximum dimensions and discharge depths according to § 15.02 number 1.5.6, 1.8.2, 1.8.3 and 1.12.2, in each case also in Connection with the second sentence of point 2, the permitted maximum dimensions in accordance with § 15.02, points 1.6, 1.11, 1.12.7.2, 1.12.7.3, 1.14.2.2, 1.14.3.1 and 1.14.5, also in conjunction with the first sentence of point 2, and the permitted maximum dimensions according to § 15.02 Number 1.8.1, also in conjunction with the second sentence of the second sentence, and
bb)
the approved discharge depths according to § 15.02, point 1.6, 1.8.1, 1.11, 1.12.7.2, 1.12.7.3, 1.14.2.2, 1.14.3.1 and 1.14.5
does not exceed
b)
on the vehicle or association in the case referred to in § 15.02, points 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.8.3 and 1.12.2.2 the equipment specified there is available there.
unofficial table of contents

§ 15.30 closure of the locking gate at Artlenburg (Elbe-Side Channel)

The lock gate near Artlenburg is closed when the water level of the Elbe at the Hohnstorf level has reached or exceeded 840 cm.

Chapter 16
Weser rivet

Non-official table of contents

§ 16.01 Scope of application

The provisions of this chapter apply on the following waterways:
1.
the Weser (We) from Hann. Open (We-km 0,00) to the North-West edge of the railway bridge in Bremen (UWe-km 1,375) with Kleiner Weser in Bremen up to the downstream edge of the weir at the Teerhof,
2.
the Werra (Wr) from Falken (Wr-km 0,78) to the beginning of the Weser (Wr-km 89,00),
3.
of the Fulda (Fu) of Mecklar (Fu-km 0,00) to the beginning of the Weser (Fu-km 108,78),
4.
the Aller (Al) from the Mühlenwehr in Celle (Al-km 0,25) to the mouth into the Weser (Al-km 117 ,17/We-km 326,40),
5.
the connection channel to the Leine (VKL) from VKL-km 0.16 to the mouth into the ledge (VKL-km 1 ,77/Le-km 22,29),
6.
the Leine (Le) from Le-km 20,89 (Ihmemündung) to the Wehr Herrenhausen (Le-km 22,79) and from Le-km 110,00 (at the entrance of the Schleusenkanal Hademstorf) to the mouth into the Aller (Le-km 112 ,08/Al-km 52,26),
7.
The Him from the Swift Trench (SGr-km 17,31) to the Him (Ihme-km 20,89) and
8.
the fast digging (SGr) from the Wehres subwater (SGr-km 16,76) to the entrance to the Ihme (SGr-km/Ihme-km 17,31).
A non-official table of contents

§ 16.02 Dimensions of vehicles and federations, driveway depth and depth of loading

A vehicle or a push assembly shall be subject to the following dimensions and unloading depths do not exceed:
Inland waterway lane LengthLingdepth/unloading depthmmm
1.Weser
1.1km 0.00 (Hann. Open up) to UWe-km 1,38 (Railway Bridge in Bremen)
Vehicles/Drawers85,0011,00 After water level
unless otherwise specified below
1.2km 204.47 (junction channel south of the Mittelland channel to Weser) (Oberweser) to km 360,70 (Fuldahafen Bremen)
Vehicles/Draw Association85,0011,45 Fahrrinnentiefe at least 2.80 m, but in the river tracks below the weirs (lower weir arms) to the entrance of the associated lock channel depending on the water level
91,008,25
1.3 km 360,70 to UWe-km 1,38 (railroad bridge in Bremen) with Kleiner Weser in Bremen
a)
vehicle
135.0011,45 Fahrrinnentiefe between Fuldahafen Bremen and Schleuse Bremen at least 2.80 m
b)
pusher
172.00 11, 45
Set depth in the lower lock channel of the sluice Bremen to the railway bridge in Bremen (without small Weser) 2.50 m, relative to sea-species zero
1.1.4Target depth in the lower lock channel of the Small shipping lock 2.00 m, relative to sea-species zero
2.(without content)
3.Fulda
km 76,78 (Waldauer Kiesteich from Kassel) to km 108,78 (Weser)
Vehicle35,006,50Loading depth 1.20 m,
with special Permission 1.40 m
4.Aller
4.1km 0,25 (Celle) to km 117,17 (Allermündung) 
Vehicles/Drawers 58, 009,50depending on the water level
unless something else is set below 
4.2km 110.74 (Railway Bridge in Verden) to km 117,17
Vehicles/Draw 67, 009,50depending on the water level
5. Connection channel to leash to line-descent sluice
Vehicles/Drawers73,009,00 Unloading Depth 2.20
73.00 9,50Loading Depth 2,00
6.Leine 
6.1km 20.89 (Ihmemündung) to km 22.29 (Mouth Connecting Channel to Leine)
 Vehicles/Drawers73,009,50depending on Water level
6.2km 110,00 (Aller estuary) up to km 112.08 (line of linen)
Vehicles/Drawers58,009,50depending on the water level
7.Ihme
km 20.50 to km 20,89 (Ihmemündung)
Vehicles/Drawers73,00 9.50depending on the water level.
unofficial table of contents

§ 16.03 Assembly of Associations

Vehicles, other than small vehicles, may only be coupled for the towing of a damaged vehicle, for a short haul or with the permission of the competent authority. Set 1 shall not apply on the Weser below Horstedt (km 347,00) if the total width of the coupled vehicles does not exceed 20.00 m. unofficial table of contents

§ 16.04 Driving speed

1.The maximum permitted speed in relation to the shore is in the lock canals of the middle Weser and on the connecting channel to the lear for a vehicle or a bandage, with the exception of small vehicles, with
a) Unloading depth of not more than 1.30 m10 km/h,
b) A discharge depth of more than 1.30 m8 km/h.
2.The allowed Maximum speed with respect to the shore is for a small vehicle with machine drive35 km/h.
3. By way of derogation from point 2, the maximum permitted speed relative to the shore is for a small vehicle with a machine drive
 a)on the middle Weser in the sluice canals and from km 360,50 to UWe-km 1,375 (area of the Bremer Weserschleuse to railway bridge in Bremen) as well as on The connection channel to the Leine12 km/h,
b)on the Werra, Fulda, Aller, Leine, Ihme and the Swift Trench as well as on the subsequent river routes of the Weser
from km 0,00 to km 1,40 (Hann urban area). Open),
from km 110,81 to km 111,73 (urban area) Bodenwerder),
from km 130,40 to km 135,65 (below the location Ear to including Hamelin City Area),
from km 202.50 to km 207,00 (Minden urban area),
on the middle Weser above and below the weirs (weir arms) from the branches up to the junctions of the associated lock channels
aa)
to mountain
12 km/h,
 
bb)
to
18 km/h.
4.The competent authority may, by way of derogation from the numbers 2, for individual routes or for a special occasion and 3 for a small vehicle to allow higher speeds if this does not affect the condition and use of the waterway as well as the rest of the shipping traffic
Non-official table of contents

§ 16.05 Bergfahrt

As a mountain ride, the route is on the connecting channel to Leine in the direction of the Hannover-Linden branch channel. Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 16.06 Encounter

On the connecting channel to the leds, vehicles or associations must deviate from the § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § 6.04 and 6.05 back bord pass by bord. The regulations of § 6.07 on the encounter in the confined waters remain unaffected. unofficial table of contents

§ 16.07 overtaking

1.
The overtaking on the connection channel to the line is forbidden.
2.
By default, the number 1 is the day If the following widths and unloading depths are not exceeded:
aa)
1.70 m with a width of up to 6.25 m;
bb)
1.40 m with a width of up to 8,20 m;
cc)
1.30 m at a width of up to 9.50 m.
3.
A small vehicle may be by way of derogation from point 1.
unofficial table of contents

§ 16.08 Apply

(no special regulations) Non-official table of contents

§ 16.09 anchors

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 16.10 standstill

The name required in accordance with § 3.23 does not need to be managed by a passenger ship landing bridge if it is is located outside the driving channel. unofficial table of contents

§ 16.11 flood navigation

1.
The water level exceeds or exceeds the flood mark I at the directional level for the section of the section listed under point 4,
a)
must be a vehicle or a bandage as far as possible from the shore
b)
must not transport a floating asset or float,
c)
may not exceed the speed of a valley driver than is necessary for secure control,
d)
may not drive an association with a length of more than 91.00 m between Minden and Bremen-Hemelingen.
2.
The water level exceeds or exceeds the highest watermark (HSW)-flood mark II-at the directional level for the number 4 listed in each case Section of the route, shipping is prohibited, except for translation, within the respective section of the route.
3.
The competent authority may vary points 1 and 2.
4.
The flood marks referred to in points 1 and 2 shall be determined by the following water levels, and the indicative levels shall apply: for the section below:
a) Oberweser
routedirectlevel Hochwassermarke
I II
Hann. Open-ground-fieldHann. Open410 cm
Bodenfelde-Bad Karlshafen Wahmbeck435 cm
Bad Karlshafen-NethemündungKarlshafen410 cm
Nethemündung-ForstHöxter450 cm
Forst EmmermündungBodenwerder 450 cm
Emmermündung-RintelnHameln-Wehrbergen465 cm
Rinteln- Minden-Südabstieg We-km 204,47 Rinteln 485 cm
b) Mittelweser
LineDirectional LevelHigh Water Mark
I II
Minden-Südabstieg We-km 204,47-Schleuse Petershagen Porta430 cm480 cm
Schleuse Petershagen-Schleuse KeyburgPetershagen600 cm645 cm
Schleuse Keyburg-Schleuse LandesbergenStolzenau500 cm
Schleuse Landesbergen-Schleuse Drakenburg Liebenau490 cm535 cm
Schleuse Drakenburg-Schleuse DörverdenDrakenburg650 cm695 cm
Schleuse Dörverden-Schleuse LangwedelDörverden660 cm 710 cm
Schleuse Langwedel-Schleuse Bremen-HemelingenIntschede 560 cm610 cm
unofficial table of contents

§ 16.12 Cruise on ice

If the driver continues to drive, a vehicle has to pick up a port of refuce. On the river Weser and on the river Aller, the lower lock area of the locks, with the exception of the sluice of Langwedel, can also be visited. Overwintering in the upper lock area of the sluices is only permitted with special permission from the competent authority. Non-official table of contents

§ 16.13 Nightship

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 16.14 deployment of carrier ship lighters

(no special regulations) Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 16.15 Reporting obligation

1.
The ship's guide of a vehicle or an association that is subject to the ADN, as well as the ship's guide of a tanker, a cabin ship, a seagoing ship, a vehicle or an association with a length of more than 85,00 m or a special transport in accordance with § 1.21 must be before the entrance to the Weser route between below the Schleuse Bremen (km 362,50) and the railway bridge in Bremen (UWe-km 1,38) (upper limit of the scope of the Maritime Order/Lower limit of the scope of the inland waterway order) on the channel in the inland waterway handbook (section 1.10 (1) (l)), where the Report radio station "Verkehrszentrale Bremen (Call Bremen Weser Traffic)" and provide the following information:
a)
ship-gatt;
b)
ship-name and paging sign;
c)
Location, direction of travel;
d)
Single European ship number or official ship number, at Seeschiffen IMO ship identification number and distinguishing signal;
e)
Load-bearing capacity;
f)
Length and Width of the Vehicle;
g)
Tape Type, Length and Width;
h)
Deep;
i)
Driving trout;
j)
Beladehafen;
k)
unloading port;
l)
in dangerous goods by ADN:
aa)
the UN number or fabric number,
bb)
the official designation for the promotion, if applicable supplemented by the technical designation,
cc)
the class, the classification code and, if applicable, the packaging group,
dd)
the total amount of dangerous goods for which this information applies
l1)
other goods as dangerous goods: the type of cargo (substance name, quantity of material);
m)
number of blue light/blue cones guided;
n)
Number of persons on board.
The limitation of the notifiable route is indicated by the Table Signs B.11 (Appendix 7) with an additional sign "Reporting obligation"
2.
The information referred to in the first sentence of the first subparagraph, except (c), (h) and (n), may also be provided by another entity or person in good time before the entry into force. In accordance with § 1.21, the vehicle, association or special transport shall be notified in writing, by telephone or by electronic means of the radio station "Bremen Traffic Centre". For a transport with a load of more than two dangerous goods, the notification must be made in writing or electronically. In any case, the ship's operator must report to the radio station "Bremen Traffic Center" if he enters the notifiable route with the vehicle, the association or special transport he is carrying in accordance with § 1.21, and the latter again has to be
3.
A vehicle, association or special transport according to § 1.21 the journey within the notifiable route for more than two hours, must be Report the beginning and end of the interruption of the radio station "Bremen Traffic Center".
4.
Change the information according to number 1 during the journey in the a notifiable route, the ship's guide must inform the "Bremen Traffic Center" radio station immediately.
Table of contents

§ 16.16 Height of the bridges, other fixed superstructures and overhead lines

The passage height of a bridge on the middle Weser and the associated lock canals in the Petershagen congestion, key castle, Landesbergen, Drakenburg, Dörverden, Langwedel and Hemelingen are from Minden-Südabstieg (We-km 204,47) to the Oberwasser der Schleuse Bremen-Hemeligen at the Highest Shipping Water Stand (HSW) at the directional levels for the individual congestion 4.50 m. By way of derogation from the first sentence, the passage height of the new canal bridge Minden (Weser Brücke 27E) at a maximum shipping water level (HSW) at the directional level of Porta is 4.39 m. Non-official table of contents

§ 16.17 Labeling of bridges and conscripts

(no special regulations) name="BJNR000210012BJNE034200000 " />Nontampery Table of Contents

§ 16.18 Passing Bridges, Barrier Structures,
Weirs, Locks and Individual Power Lines

(no special Rules) Non-official table of contents

§ 16.19 Use of locks, boat locks and boating equipment

(no special provisions) Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 16.20 Segeln

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 16.21 name of vehicles

1.
On the Weser and on the Aller, a single-running vehicle or an individually moving association, with the exception of small vehicles, must lead:
a)
at least 6.00 m above the sunset marks a multi-coloured flag or a multi-coloured flag Wimpel, where none of the sides is shorter than 1.00 m (e.g. B. Reedereiflagge or Reedereiwimpel), whereby the height may be reduced to 4.00 m if the vehicle is not longer than 30,00 m;
b)
at night the topplight at least 6.00 m above the entry marks, the height being reduced to 4.00 m if the vehicle is not longer than 30,00 m.
2.
On a Thrust dressing shall be the flag or the wimpel referred to in point 1 (a) on the front vehicle.
A non-official table of contents

§ 16.22 Regulations on traffic

By way of derogation from § 6.16, number 1, second sentence, there is a driver coming from the Weser to enter the connecting channel south to the Weser and to the entrance to the connecting channel north to the Weser advance in front of another vehicle. Sentence 1 shall not apply to a small vehicle. Non-official table of contents

§ 16.23 Rules for voice radio

§ 4.05 (3) does not apply to a ferry with a machine drive on the Aller von Celle (km 0.25) to the Allermündung (km 117,17) and on the Weser of Hann. Open up (km 0,00) to the junction connecting channel south to the Weser (km 204.47). Non-official table of contents

§ 16.24 Special provisions for small vehicles

(no special provisions) unofficial table of contents

§ 16.25 Waste water, canals, and individual waterways

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 16.26 Protection of channels and assets

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 16.27 traffic restrictions on shipping

The drive of the Werra, the Fulda above the Waldauer Kiesteichs near Kassel (km 76.78), the leashes above the Opening of the Hadestorfer Schleusenkanal up to the Wehr Herrenhausen (km 22, 78), the Him above km 20.50 and the Schnellen Grabens up to km 16.75 is forbidden. Sentence 1 shall not apply to a small vehicle. Non-official table of contents

§ 16.28 Use of waterways

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 16.29 behavioral duties of the ship's guide, the crew on board, the owner, and the outfitter

1.
The ship's guide and the person responsible for course and speed pursuant to § 1.03 (3) each
a)
ensure that
aa)
the vehicle or the association the maximum permitted speed according to § 16.04 (1), (2) and (3), also in connection with number 4, does not exceed and
bb)
on the vehicle or federation
aaa)
at night during the ride the label according to § 16.21 point 1 letter b and
bbb)
the tag during the ride is named according to § 16.21 point 1 (a), also in conjunction with number 2
b)
the rules on
aa)
Behavior during the encounter according to § 16.06 sentence 1,
bb)
to overtake the ban according to § 16.07 number 1, also in conjunction with number 2,
cc)
the shipping of floods according to § 16.11 (1) and (2),
dd)
the behaviour of ice in accordance with § 16.12 and
ee)
at the entrance to the connecting channel south to the Weser and at the entrance to the connecting channel north to the Weser according to § 16.22 sentence 1
2.
The ship's guide has
a)
to ensure that the vehicle it is running or the association it is running
aa)
the approved maximum dimensions according to § 16.02 and the approved discharge depths according to § 16.02 number 3 and 5 and
bb)
does not exceed the permitted discharge depths according to § 16.02, number 1, 4, 6, and 7
,
b)
the rules on
aa)
the Compilation of the associations according to § 16.03 and
bb)
to comply with the reporting obligation pursuant to § 16.15 (1) sentence 1, number 2 sentence 2, 3 and number 3 and 4
, or Ensure that they are complied with and
c)
observe the prohibition laid down in § 16.27, sentence 1, of the inland waterway routes specified therein; or ensure that it is respected.
3.
The owner and the equipment manufacturer may only use a vehicle or a tape Arrange or allow the vehicle or the association
a)
the permitted maximum dimensions according to § 16.02 and the approved discharge depths according to § 16.02 points 3 and 5 and
b)
the approved discharge depths according to § 16.02 Number 1, 4, 6 and 7
exceeds.

Chapter 17
Elbe

Non-official table of contents

§ 17.01 Scope

The provisions of this chapter apply on the Elbe from the German-Czech border at Schöna (km 0.00) to the upper border of the Port of Hamburg at Oortkaten (km 607,50) with Jeetzel up to the northwest edge of the Wire Wehner Bridge in Hitzacker. Non-official table of contents

§ 17.02 Dimensions of vehicles and federations, driverine depth and depth of loading

1.
A vehicle, a side-wheel drive vehicle, or a towing vehicle may have the following dimensions do not exceed:

inland waterway road lengthwidthmm
1.1Elbe (valley drive)
1.1.1 km 0,00 to km 607,50 (Oortkaten-Border to the Port of Hamburg)
 
a)
110, 0011.45
b)
Vehicle with side-wheel drive
110, 0014,00
c)
towing vehicle
86,00 11, 45
unless something else is set below
1.1.2km 56.80 to km 607.50 (Oortkaten border to the Port of Hamburg)
towing vehicle 110, 0011,45
1.1.3km 559,50 (Boitzenburg port) to km 607,50 (Oortkaten-boundary to the Port of Hamburg)
Vehicle110,0022,90
1.2Elbe (Bergfahrt)
1.2.1km 0,00 to km 607,50 (Oortkaten-boundary to the Port of Hamburg)
Vehicle towing vehicle110,0011,45
Vehicle with side-wheel drive110,0014,00
unless something else is set below
1.2.2 km 559,50 (Boitzenburg port) to km 607,50 (Oortkaten border to the Port of Hamburg)
vehicle110,0022,90
1.3Jeetzel
1.3.1 km 0,00 to km 0,82
Vehicle4,001,50
unless something else is set below
1.3.2 km 0.27 to km 0.82
Vehicle40,005,10.
2.
An association may not exceed the following dimensions in conjunction with the driver's depth:

Inland waterway LängeBreiteFahrrinnentiefemmmis known
2.1Elbe (valley drive)
2.1.1km 0,00 to km 607,50 (Oortkaten border to the Port of Hamburg) 137, 0011,45
unless something else is set below
2.1.2km 56.80 to km 154,00 (Torgau port)110,0018,00
2.1.3km 154.00 to km 264,10 (Rosslau port) 110, 0018,00
145, 0011,45
-an association with a length of more than 137.00 m and a width of not more than 11.45 m may only drive if the water level at the level of Lutherstadt Wittenberg is at least 280 cm and the association with an active BugControl device is equipped or the bandage with a default drive-
2.1.4km 264.10 to km 332,50 145, 0022,90
2.1.5 km 332,50 to km 454,80145,0022,90
165,0018,00is known only Driving channel depth of > 2,20
2.1.6km 454,80 to km 569,20190,00 24, 00
2.1.7km 569,20 to km 573,00 190, 0024,002,30 applies only at a water level of ≥ 4.30 m at the level of Hohnstorf
2.1.8km 573,00 to km 585,86190,0024,00 3, 20 applies only at a water level of ≥ 4.30 m at the level of Hohnstorf
2.1.9km 585.86 to km 607.50 (Oortkaten border to Hamburg Port)190,0024,00
2.2Elbe (mountain drive)
2.2.1km 607,50 (Oortkaten border to the Port of Hamburg) to km 0.00137,0011,45
unless otherwise set to something else
2.2.2km 607.50 (Oortkats- Boundary to the Port of Hamburg) to km 585,86190,0024,00
2.2.3km 585.86 to km 573,00190,0024,00 3, 20 applies only at a water level of ≥ 4.30 m at the level of Hohnstorf
2.2.4km 573,00 to km 569,20 190, 0024,002,30 applies only at a water level of ≥ 4.30 m at the level of Hohnstorf
2.2.5km 569,20 to km 454,80190,0024,00 
2.2.6km 454,80 to km 264,10 (Rosslau port)110,00 22, 90
137.00 19, 70
172, 0011,45
172, 0019,70only applies if the driving channel depth of > 2,00
190,0011,45is valid only with known driving depth of > 2,00
2.2.7km 264,10 to km 56,80170,00 11, 45
-an association with a length of More than 137,00 m and a width of not more than 11,45 m may only be used if the water level at the level of Lutherstadt Wittenberg is at least 320 cm and the bandage is equipped with an active bow control device or the association with a default
3.
As a federation within the meaning of point 2, only one thrust dressing and coupled vehicles apply.
4.
The driveway depth on the Elbe is based on the water level. The lowest driving depth is made public by the competent authority on a daily basis. By way of derogation from the second sentence, the depth of the driving channel shall be
a)
from km 569,20 to km 573,00 2,30 m and
b)
from km 573.00 to km 585.86 3.20 m
at a water level of at least 4.30 m at the Hohnstorf level. In the selection of the unloading depth, the driving trough depths according to the second and third sentences as well as the current water level development must be taken into account. In the tidefield below the double lock, the existing driverine depth at the shipping lanes at km 586,30, 594,70 and 601,70 in connection with the plumbing depth on the white boards at the lock control stand in Geesthacht or on Level House Over at km 605.30 read off. The shipping levels can be read in meters and decimeters in order to find out how much the water level is currently passing through (black meter numbers in white/red fields) or under (red meter number in black and white fields) the zero point of the Shipping level is located. The white panels with a black border show a red number, which indicates the depth of the boat in decimeters, relative to the zero point of the ship's level.

5.
The dimensions, taps and depth of unloading according to points 1, 2 and 4 do not apply to the stitch and old channels, to the secondary arms and to the other Secondary waterways of the main waterways, as far as these are not listed separately.
Non-official table of contents

§ 17.03 Compilation of the Associations

1.
In a trawl,
a)
no more than two attachments in the descent and
b)
in the mountain drive no more than three attachments
set. By way of derogation from the first sentence of point (a), a maximum of an Annex may be placed in a towed train in the descent of km 56,80 to km 607,50 if the towing vehicle exceeds a length of 80.00 m. A trawl may not exceed a total length of 600,00 m from Wittenberge (km 455,00) to Oortkaten-boundary to the Port of Hamburg (km 607,50).
2.
If the length of the tractor belt does not exceed 80.00 m, they shall be considered to be a vehicle if they are towed directly behind one another. The vehicle, which has been set at the last position of a towing vehicle in accordance with the first sentence, must be provided with a ruder.
3.
By way of derogation from § 1.02, point 2, the vehicle needs to be A vehicle not equipped with a propulsion engine, not more than 80,00 m long and not equipped with a propulsion engine, shall be subject to the driver of the vehicle equipped with a propulsion engine
4.
By way of derogation from § 1.09 (1), in the case of coupled vehicles, the steering wheel of a vehicle which is not equipped with a prime mover need not be occupied. In this case, the ruder must be determined.
Non-official table of contents

§ 17.04 Driving speed

On the Elbe, the Minimum speed with respect to the shore for a vehicle or an association, with the exception of small vehicles, in the mountain drive 4 km/h. Non-official table of contents

§ 17.05 Bergfahrt

(no special regulations) Non-official table of contents

§ 17.06 Encounter

(no special rules) unofficial Table of Contents

§ 17.07 Overtake

(no special rules) Non-official table of contents

§ 17.08 Apply

(no special Rules) Non-official table of contents

§ 17.09 anchors

(no special regulations) Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 17.10 Downtime

(No Special Rules) Non-official Table of Contents

§ 17.11 High-water shipping

1.
Water level the highest waterlevel (HSW)-flood mark-at the level for the route section listed in point 2, it is to be expected that navigation is to be taken, and the competent authority may be responsible for the shipping prohibit, in whole or in part, within the section of the section.
2.
The flood mark referred to in point 1 shall be determined by the following water levels, and the indicative levels shall be determined by: shall apply to the following section:
Track Directional Level Hochwassermarke
German-Czech border (km 0.00)-
Hafen Riesa (km 109,40)
Dresden500 cm
Port of Riesa (km 109.40)-Elstermündung (km 198,60)Torgau620 cm
Elstermündung (km) 198,60)-
Saalemündung (km 290,70)
Lutherstadt Wittenberg550 cm
Saalemündung (km 290,70)-
Entrance port Frohse (km 314,50)
Barby570 cm
entrance port Frohse (km 314,50)-
Einfahrt Industriehafen Magdeburg (km 332,80)
Magdeburg-Strombrücke550 cm
driveway Industriehafen Magdeburg (km 332,80)-
Einmündung Niegripper Connecting Channel (km 343,80)
Rothensee745 cm
Einmündung Niewitcher Connection Channel (km 343,80)-
Einmündung Untere Havel-Wasserstraße (km 422,80)
Tangermünde620 cm
Injunction Untere Havel-Wasserstraße (km 422,80)-
estuary Alte Löcknitz (km 502,25)
Wittenberge 610 cm
Old Löcknitz estuary (km 502,25)-
Port Bleckede Port (km 550,00)
Dömitz 580 cm
driveway port Bleckede (km 550,00)-
port Elbe-Lübeck-Kanal (km 569,20)
Hohnstorf 820 cm.
unofficial table of contents

§ 17.12 shipping on ice

Droht as a result of increasing Ice formation the cessation of navigation, a vehicle or an association shall, on the notice of the competent authority, visit a port of protection or a suitable berth in good time. Non-official table of contents

§ 17.13 Nightship

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 17.14 deployment of carrier ship creators

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 17.15 reporting duty

(no special rules) unofficial Table of Contents

§ 17.16 Height of Bridges, Other Fixed Overbuildings and Free Lines

(no special provisions) Non-official Table of contents

§ 17.17 Labelling of bridges and weirds

By way of derogation from the marking in accordance with § § 6.24 and 6.25, a bridge crossing at night can be marked as follows:
1.
on the side of the passage: green lights;
2.
over the middle of the passage: yellow lights,
a)
in traffic in mountain and descent: a yellow light,
b)
on traffic in one direction only: two yellow Lights on top of each other.
unofficial table of contents

§ 17.18 Passing of bridges, locking mechanisms,
weirs, locks, and individual Current routes

1.
The Magdeburg power line from km 324.50 to km 327,20 is at water levels below 400 cm at the level of Magdeburg a watertight waterway.
2.
The entrance to the waterway in accordance with point 1 is regulated by signal lights. They mean:
a)
a fixed red light:

Prohibition of driving in. If possible, a vehicle must be held outside the driving channel in such a way that the oncoming traffic can safely pass;
b)
a fixed green light:

permission to Entering.
The ban on entering is to be taken into account. If the lights are out of service, the provisions of § 6.07 apply.
3.
The lights according to point 2 are for
a)
the descend

on the western abutment of the star bridge at km 325,10 and
b)
the mountain drivers

at the mouth of the Zollelbe estuary at km 327,10.
4.
At water levels of 400 cm and more at the Magdeburg-Strombrücke level, the regulation according to Num mer 2 does not apply.
5.
Single-moving thrust or towing vehicles with a length of By way of derogation from point 2 (a), by way of derogation from point 2 (a), no more than 33,00 m or small vehicles may enter the waterway in accordance with point 1, if the driveway is blocked by a red light. However, you have to give an oncoming vehicle the unobstructed route.
6.
At the entrance to the upper lock channel of the double lock Geesthacht has a driveway driveway. At the latest after entry into the upper lock channel, a towing assembly must reduce the length of the towed connections to 50.00 m or less. By way of derogation from § § 7.02 and 7.03, the anchorage and the use of the anchors in the upper lock channel is permitted.
unofficial table of contents

§ 17.19 Use of the locks, boat locks and boating equipment

(no special regulations) Non-official table of contents

§ 17.20 sailing

(no special provisions) Non-official table of contents

§ 17.21 Designation of vehicles

(no special provisions) Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 17.22 Traffic Regulations

1.
When approaching a rope ferry, a vehicle, with the exception of a small vehicle, has to give the signal "Warning" according to Appendix 6 at the height of the character E.4a (Appendix 7), which is as often as possible as need to be repeated. The signal can be omitted if a radio communication with the ferry driver has been made.
2.
The access to a rope ferry must not take place until it has been received by the ferry operator. permanent berth.
3.
By way of derogation from point 2, a rope ferry can be used on the side of a rope ferry on the side of the cable car, where a white Flag and at night a yellow ordinary light visible from all sides is shown.
4.
The entrance to the Rothenseer connecting channel from the Elbe and the Exit from the Rothenseer connecting channel into the Elbe can only take place via the marked turning point at km 333,25. Sentence 1 shall not apply to a small-scale muscle-powered vehicle.
Non-official table of contents

§ 17.23 Rules for the radio communication

§ 4.05 (3) also applies to a rope ferry. Non-official table of contents

§ 17.24 Special provisions for small vehicles

(no special provisions) unofficial table of contents

§ 17.25 Waste water, canals, and individual waterways

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 17.26 Protection of channels and assets

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 17.27 Transport restrictions on shipping

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 17.28 Use of waterways

(no special regulations) A non-official table of contents

§ 17.29 Code of conduct of the ship's guide, crew on board, the owner, and the outfitter

1.
The ship's guide and the person responsible for course and speed pursuant to § 1.03 (3)
a)
to ensure that the vehicle or the association has the required minimum speed § 17.04 does not fall below and
b)
the rules on
aa)
the shipping of floods according to § 17.11, point 1, and a shipping ban arranged according to this regulation,
bb)
the behavior on ice according to § 17.12,
cc)
the behavior when passing the lock group Geesthacht In accordance with § 17.18 (6) sentence 1 and 2,
dd)
the entry into and the exit from the Rothenseer connecting channel in accordance with § 17.22 (4) and
ee)
to comply with the radio on a rope ferry in accordance with § 17.23 in conjunction with § 4.05 (3)
or to ensure that these regulations or a
2.
The ship's guide has
a)
to ensure that
aa)
the vehicle it is guided, the guided vehicle with side wheel drive, the guided vehicle that it is guided sluggler vehicle or the association it is guided by the approved maximum dimensions according to § 17.02 (1) and (2) and the approved discharge depth in accordance with § 17.02 (4) sentence 4 (4), and
b)
bb)
on the association it is running in the case mentioned in § 17.02, 2.1.3 and 2.2.7, the respective equipment or the pre-credits given there is
b)
the rules on
aa)
the compilation of the associations according to § 17.03 number 1, 2 sentence 2 and number 4 sentence 2 and
bb)
the To comply with a rope ferry according to § 17.22 (1) and (2), including in conjunction with point 3,
, or to ensure that they are complied with, and
c)
The prohibition of entry into the Magdeburg power line provided for in Section 17.18, point 2, sentence 3, or to ensure that it is observed.
3.
The owner and the outfitter may only arrange the putting into service of a vehicle, a side-wheel drive, a towing vehicle or an association. or, where
a)
is the vehicle, the vehicle with side-wheel drive, the towing vehicle or the Association does not exceed the permitted maximum dimensions in accordance with Section 17.02 (1) and (2) and the approved depth of unloading in accordance with § 17.02 (4) sentence 4 and
b)
on the Association in the case referred to in § 17.02 (2.1.3) and 2.2.7 (s), respectively, the equipment or pre-credits specified there in each case

Chapter 18
Ilmenau

Non-official table of contents

§ 18.01 Scope of application

The provisions of this chapter apply to the Ilmenau (Im) from the northwest edge of the Bride bridge at the Abtsmühle in Lüneburg (Im-km 0,00) to the mouth of the river Elbe (Im-km 28 ,84/El-km 598,97). Non-official table of contents

§ 18.02 Dimensions of vehicles and federations, depth of unloading

A vehicle or a pusher assembly shall be of the following dimensions: do not exceed: inland waterway road reloading depthmmm
1. km 0,50 (Warburg) to km 28,84 (Ilmenaumündung) 
Vehicles/Drawers45,006,20 depending on the water level
unless something else is set below
2.to km 17,75 (end of undersea sluice port) to km 28,32
Vehicles/Draw Association67,009,00 depending on the water level
3.km 28,32 (port Hoopte) to km 28,84 (Ilmenaumündung)
Vehicles/Draw 80, 009,50depending on the water level.
Unofficial table of contents

§ 18.03 Compilation of Associations

1.
In a trawl, only one appendix can be set in the mountain drive, and at most two appendices in the descent.
2.
Vehicles, excluding small vehicles, may only be coupled for towing a damaged vehicle, for a brief rest or with the permission of the competent authority drive.
unofficial table of contents

§ 18.04 Driving speed

The maximum permitted speed on the shore is for a Vehicle or an association 7 km/h. Non-official table of contents

§ 18.05 Bergfahrt

(no special regulations) Non-official table of contents

§ 18.06 Encounter

(no special rules) unofficial Table of Contents

§ 18.07 Overhauled

(no special regulations) Non-official table of contents

§ 18.08 Contact

A vehicle of more as a length of 15,00 m may only be used at a point indicated by the Table sign E.8 (Appendix 7). Non-official table of contents

§ 18.09 anchors

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 18.10 Stilllies

(no special rules) unofficial Table of Contents

§ 18.11 Water navigation

(no special regulations) Non-official table of contents

§ 18.12 Shipping at Ice

(no special provisions) Non-official table of contents

§ 18.13 Night shipping

(no special regulations) Non-official table of contents

§ 18.14 Use of carrier ship lighters

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 18.15 Reporting obligation

(no special rules) unofficial Table of contents

§ 18.16 Height of the bridges, other fixed superstructures and overhead lines

The lowest passing height under the unopened folding bridge Wittorf is at a water level of 5.00 m at the level Wittorf 1.40 m. Non-official table of contents

§ 18.17 Labelling of bridges and conscripts

(no special provisions) Non-official table of contents

§ 18.18 Transit of the bridges, locking mechanisms,
weirs, locks and individual power lines

The folding bridges Wittorf and Bardowick will only be opened after registration. Non-official table of contents

§ 18.19 Use of locks, boating locks and boating equipment

(no special regulations) name="BJNR000210012BJNE040200000 " />Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 18.20 Segeln

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 18.21 name of vehicles

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 18.22 regulations on traffic

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 18.23 rules on voice radio

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 18.24 Special provisions for small vehicles

(no special provisions) unofficial table of contents

§ 18.25 Waste water, canals, and individual waterways

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 18.26 Protection of channels and assets

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 18.27 shipping restrictions on shipping

The journey of the Ilmenau from the northwest edge of the Brausebrücke at the Abtsmühle in Lüneburg (km 0,00) to Warburg (km 0.50) is prohibited. The competent authority may grant exemptions in individual cases. The first sentence shall not apply to a small vehicle without a driving machine. Non-official table of contents

§ 18.28 Use of waterways

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 18.29 ship guide's behavioral duties,
crew on board, owner, and outfitter

1.
The ship's guide and the person responsible for course and speed pursuant to § 1.03 (3)
a)
to ensure that the vehicle or the association has the maximum permitted speed after § 18.04 does not exceed and
b)
comply with the law on the application in accordance with § 18.08, or ensure that it is complied with.
2.
The ship's guide has
a)
to ensure that the vehicle it is running or the association it is running does not have the approved maximum dimensions and depth of unloading according to § 18.02 ,
b)
to comply with the regulations on the compilation of the associations in accordance with § 18.03 or to ensure that they are complied with, and
c)
the prohibition laid down in § 18.27, sentence 1, of the inland waterway indicated therein, to observe or to ensure that this is observed
3.
The owner and the equipment manufacturer may only arrange or permit the putting into service of a vehicle or association if the vehicle or the vehicle is Association does not exceed the permitted maximum dimensions and depth of loading according to § 18.02.

Chapter 19
Elbe-Lübeck-Channel and Channel Trave

Non-official table of contents

§ 19.01 Scope of application

The provisions of this chapter apply to
1.
the Elbe-Lübeck-Channel (ELK) from the branch from the Trave, 71.00 m northeast of the axis of the geniner Road bridge (ELK-km 0,00) to the entrance into the Elbe near Lauenburg (ELK-km 61 ,55/El-km 569,23) and
2.
the canal-trave from the junction of the Elbe-Lübeck-Canal to the to the northwestern edge of the railroad lift bridge in Lübeck with the branch arm Stadttrave from the branch off the canal trave to the south edge of the Wipperbrücke.
unofficial table of contents

§ 19.02 Dimensions of vehicles and federations, unloading depth

A vehicle or a push assembly shall not have the following dimensions and depth of loading exceeded: inland waterway road reloading depthmmm
1. Elbe-Lübeck-Channel
1.1km 0,00 to km 61,55 (injunction in the Elbe)
Vehicles/Drawers80,00 9,502,00
unless something else is set below
1.2 km 0,00 to km 59,40 (Umschlagstelle Horsterdamm)
Vehicles/Drawers80,008,20 2, 10
-from km 0,00 to km 3.43 (Büssau sluice) the depth of unloading at a water level below 500 cm is reduced at the level Lifting bridges to the extent of the respective sinking of the water level-
1.3km 59,40 (Umschlagstelle Horsterdamm) to km 61,55 (injunction into the Elbe)
Vehicle110,0011,452,30
Drawers125,009,602,30
-from km 60,10 (Schleuse Lauenburg) to km 61,55 the permissible unloading depth of 2.30 m applies only at a water level of ≥ 4.30 m at the level Hohnstorf on the Elbe river -
2.Channel Trave
km 0,00 to km 5,57 (Hubbrücken in Lübeck)
Vehicles/Drawers 80, 009,502,10
-for a water level at the level of lift bridges below 500 cm reduces the unloading depth by the respective measure of the lower water level; from km 4.26 to km 5.57, the unloading depth can be increased to up to 2.50 m if the water level at the level of the lift bridges 500 cm (mean water level) reached-.
unofficial table of contents

§ 19.03 compilation of associations

1.
Only so many vehicles are allowed to be placed in a trawl that it does not have more than two Lock needs. The distance between the machine-driven vehicle at the top of the belt and the first attachment shall not exceed 50.00 m, and the distance between the appendices shall not exceed 25,00 m. A vehicle with a machine drive designed for carriage of goods and approved for towing shall be allowed to tow only one appendix.
2.
Vehicles, excluding small vehicles, may, with the exception of the port of Lauenburg, only for the towing of a damaged vehicle, for a brief rest or with permission of the competent authority.
unofficial table of contents

§ 19.04 Driving speed

1.The maximum permitted speed on the shore is for a vehicle or an association, with the exception of small vehicles, with each
a)a discharge depth of no more than 1.20 m and a width of not more than 8.30 m10 km/h,
b) A loading depth of not more than 1,20 m and a width of more than 8,30 m or with a discharge depth of more than 1,20 m and a width of not more than 8,30 m8 km/h,
c)a loading depth of more than 1.20 m and a width of more than 8.30 m 6 km/h.
2.The maximum permitted speed on the shore is for a Small vehicle10 km/h.
3.The minimum speed to the shore is for a Vehicle or an association, excluding small vehicles,5 km/h.
unofficial Table of Contents

§ 19.05 Bergfahrt

As a mountain ride on the Elbe-Lübeck-Canal, the trip is in the direction of the Elbe. Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 19.06 Encounter

(no special regulations) Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 19.07 Overtake

1.
The overtaking at night is prohibited.
2.
By way of derogation from point 1, a small vehicle may be overhauled and
A non-official table of contents

§ 19.08 Apply

A vehicle may only apply if the maneuver is not in contact with the shore and Construction works can be carried out. Non-official table of contents

§ 19.09 anchors

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 19.10 standstill

The name prescribed in § 3.20 does not need to be run if the vehicle is outside at a recumbering or transhipment point outside the The continuous channel is still at a standstill. Non-official table of contents

§ 19.11 Water navigation

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 19.12 shipping on ice

(no special provisions) unofficial Table of Contents

§ 19.13 Night Shipping

(no special regulations) Non-official table of contents

§ 19.14 Use of Carrier Ship Factors

(no special provisions) Non-official table of contents

§ 19.15 Reporting obligation

(no special provisions) Non-official table of contents

§ 19.16 Height of bridges, other fixed superstructures and overhead lines

1.
The passage height under a bridge is between the Schleusen Lauenburg and Büssau at normal Channel water level 4.40 m.
2.
In the upper lift position, the passage height under the lift bridge in Lübeck at medium water level (500 cm at the level of lift bridges) is 5.40 m. In addition to the signal lights according to § 6.26 (4) (
) or (c), white lights
be shown at the lift
. style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"> two white lights above the left red lights: pass only for a vehicle at 2.50 m high above the middle water level;
b)
a white light above the left red light: passing through only for a vehicle at 1.45 m high above the middle water level.
3.
In the Klughafen, the passage height at medium water level is 5.50 m.
4.
Has the water level of the Elbe At the level Hohnstorf reached 780 cm, the passage height under the Lauenburger Straßenbrücke (ELK-km 61,03) is 6.04 m.
5.
The passage heights can be reached by Reduce water level fluctuations.
Non-official table of contents

§ 19.17 Marking of the bridges and weir passes

(no special Rules) Non-official table of contents

§ 19.18 Transit of bridges, locking mechanisms,
weirs, locks and individual power lines

(none Special provisions) Non-official table of contents

§ 19.19 Use of the locks, boat locks and boating equipment

(no special Rules) Non-official table of contents

§ 19.20 Sailing

The sailing is prohibited. The competent authority may, on a case-by-case basis, allow exceptions to be made on the Channel Trave to the extent that the safety and lightness of the traffic is not affected. Non-official table of contents

§ 19.21 name of vehicles

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 19.22 regulations on traffic

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 19.23 rules on voice radio

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 19.24 Special provisions for small vehicles

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 19.25 Waste water, canals, and individual waterways

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 19.26 Protection of channels and assets

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 19.27 shipping restrictions on shipping

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 19.28 usage of waterways

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 19.29 ship guide's behavioral duties,
crew on board, owner, and outfitter

1.
The ship's guide and the person responsible for course and speed pursuant to § 1.03 (3)
a)
to ensure that the vehicle or the association
aa)
does not exceed the allowed top speed according to § 19.04, points 1 and 2 and
bb)
does not fall below the required minimum speed according to § 19.04 (3),
b)
the rules on
aa)
the ban to overtake according to § 19.07 number 1 and
bb)
to comply with § 19.08
or to ensure that they are complied with.
2.
The ship's guide has
a)
to ensure that the vehicle it is running or the association it is running does not have the approved maximum dimensions and depth of unloading in accordance with § 19.02 ,
b)
to comply with the regulations on the compilation of the associations in accordance with § 19.03 or to ensure that they are complied with, and
c)
prohibit, sail, observe, or ensure compliance with the prohibition provided for in § 19.20 sentence 1
3.
The owner and the equipment supplier may only arrange or permit the entry into service of a vehicle or association if the vehicle or the association is the approved Maximum dimensions and depth of load not exceeding § 19.02.

Chapter 20
Saar

unofficial table of contents

§ 20.01 Scope of application

The rules of this chapter apply to the Saar (Sa) from the mouth of the Moselle (Sa-km 0 ,00/Moselkm 200,81) to the German-French border at Saargemünd (lothr. km 64,975 re.U.). Non-official table of contents

§ 20.02 Dimensions of vehicles and federations, drip depth

1.
A vehicle or a bandage must not exceed the following dimensions:
Inland waterway road Length
m
Width
m
1.1 km 0,00 (Saarmündung) to lothr. km 64,975 re.U. (German-French border at Saargemünd)
Vehicle38,505,05
unless something else is set below
1.2 km 0,00 (Saarmündung) to km 58,87 (Dillingen)
a)Vehicle (except passenger ships)135.00 11, 45
b)Passenger Ship110,00 11, 45
c)Verband 185, 0011,45
1.3km 58.87 (Dillingen) to km 87,20 (end of the removed Route)
a) Vehicle110,0011,45
b) Association185,0011.45.

A vehicle or a bandage with a length of more than 90.00 m may only drive if it is equipped with an active bow control device. A vehicle with a length of more than 110,00 m may be used only if it is in construction, equipment and propulsion to meet the requirements of Annex II, Chapter 22a of the inland waterway search order, including in conjunction with Article 1 (8) of the Rules of the Inland Waterway Inland waterway search order; this vehicle must be
a)
in the Certificate of travel certificate under point 52 shall have an entry that it satisfies the specific requirements laid down in Annex II (2) (2) (2) (a) to (d) of the Inland Waterway Investigation Order,
(b)
the proof of the swimming ability, the trim position and the stability (Kentersecurity) of the separate ship parts,
c)
Take special care with the use of shipping facilities and take care of increased nautical care
must not exceed the nautical dimension of the machine drive as well as the bow blasting system . The proof referred to in the third sentence of paragraph 2 (b) shall, at the request of the water protection police and the officials of the competent authority, be handed over for inspection. A member of the competent authority, and 31. The special permit for a vehicle with a length of more than 110.00 m, which does not comply with the requirements of Annex II, Chapter 22a of the inland waterway search order, also in conjunction with Section 1 (8) of the Inland waterway search order, remains valid with the conditions given on the current section of the current section. This special permit shall be carried on board and, at the request of the water protection police and the officials of the competent authority, to be suspended for inspection.
2.
As a federation within the meaning of number 1, only one thrust dressing and coupled vehicles are applicable.
3.
The driveway depth is

unofficial table of contents

§ 20.03 compilation the associations

In a trawl, only so many vehicles may be set, that it does not require more than one lock. Non-official table of contents

§ 20.04 Driving speed

1.
The maximum allowed speed on the shore is for a vehicle or an association
a)from the Saarmündung (km 0.00) to the end of the upgraded track (km 87,20)3,00 m
b)from the end of the developed route (km 87.20) to the German-French border at Saargemünd (lothr. km 64,975 re.U.)2.00 m.
2.
The competent authority may, by way of derogation from point 1, for a small vehicle, a passenger ship or a passenger barge higher for individual routes or for a specific occasion Allow speeds if this does not affect the condition and use of the waterway as well as the rest of the shipping traffic.
unofficial table of contents

§ 20.05 Bergfahrt

(no special rules) unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 20.06 Encounter

a) from km 0,00 (Saar ündung) to km 87,20 (end of the upgraded track)16 km/h,
b) from km 87,20 (end of the built route) to lothr. km 64,975 re.U. (German-French border at Saargemünd)8 km/h.
1. The following waterways are prohibited:
a)for a vehicle or an association (excluding small-scale vehicles):
Völklingen km Völklingen 75.20 to km 76,10;
b)for a Vehicle or an association (excluding small vehicles):
aa) Tabs-Rothkm 21.20 to km 23.40,
bb)Mettlach Oberwasserkm 32,40 to km 33,00;
c)for an association:
 aa)ESC transhipment point in lock channel Kanzemkm 5.70 to km 7.20,
bb)Saarburgkm 11,70 to km 12.50,
cc)Serrig km 14,10 to km 16,20,
dd)Mettlach Subwaterkm 28.50 to km 30,50,
ee) Saarschleifekm 33.60 to km 35,20,
ff)Pedestrian Bridge Fremersdorfkm 47.70 to km 48,90,
gg)Lisdorfer Aukm 61,00 to km 64,00.
2. A mountain driver has to call a driver on Channel 10 when approaching a waterway and ask him to inform him of the type, name, location and direction of travel of the vehicle. If there is no cyclist, the mountain driver is allowed to enter the waterways, except in the waterways
a) Tabs-Rothkm 21,20 and
b) Saarschleifekm 33.60.
In the waterways specified in the second sentence, it may only move in if it is previously in control of the proper operation of the radio in the area of these waterways on channel 10 two deep tones of one second duration.
3. A talent driver has to say the type, name, location and direction of travel of his vehicle several times when approaching a waterway close to the channel. The same information must be provided if it is addressed by a mountain driver.
4.The numbers 2 and 3 do not apply to a small vehicle.
Table of Contents

§ 20.07 Overhauled

(no special rules) Non-official table of contents

§ 20.08 Apply

A vehicle may only be used if the maneuver can be carried out without touching the shore and the building works. For a vehicle up to 110,00 m in length there are turning points at Ensdorf (km 65,34), at Völklingen (km 77,52) and at Saarbrücken (km 86,42). Non-official table of contents

§ 20.09 anchors

The anchor is prohibited. Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 20.10 Standstill

The quiesce is allowed only at the designated recumbering sites. unofficial table of contents

§ 20.11 shipping at high water

1.The water level exceeds or exceeds the highest watermark (HSW)-flood mark-at the directional level for the number 2 listed in each case Stretch section, shipping is prohibited within the respective route section.
 
2.The flood mark specified in paragraph 1 is due to the following water levels: , and the directional levels shall apply to the following section:
track Directional Level Hochwassermarke
Saarmündung (km 0.00) bis zum Subwater of
Schleuse Kanzem (km 5,10)Grevenmacher520 cm
(Mosel-km 212,50) 
Lock Kanzem (km 5.10) up to the underwater
of the Lisdorf lock (km 66.10) including the
Wiltinger bow
Fremersdorf390 cm
Schleuse Lisdorf (km 66,10) to the underwater
der Schleuse Saarbrücken (km 82,50)
Saarbrücken-St. Arnual290 cm
Schleuse Saarbrücken (km 82,50) to the sub-
water of the Schleuse Güdingen (km 92,90)
Saarbrücken-St. Arnual 230 cm.
3.In the Saarbrücken congestion (km 82.50 to km 92.90) may, by way of derogation from point 2, allow the competent authority to make exceptions
Non-official Table of Contents

§ 20.12 Ship on Ice

(no special regulations) Non-official table of contents

§ 20.13 Night shipping

(no special rules) Non-official table of contents

§ 20.14 Use of carrier ship creators

A carrier ship lighter shall not be allowed to The tip of a pusher band is set. The competent authority may allow exceptions to this. unofficial table of contents

§ 20.15 reporting obligation

1.
The ship's guide of a vehicle or an association that is subject to the ADN, as well as the skipper of a tanker, a cabin ship, a seagoing vessel, or a ship's ship. Special transport in accordance with § 1.21 must be carried out prior to entry into the Saarland between the lock Kanzem (km 5, 17) and the mouth into the Moselle on the channel of the German Maritime Transport Council (inland waterway), which is known in the manual Report the Nautical Information Centre at the "Kanzem Schleuse" radio station and provide the following information:
a)
ship-gatt;
b)
ship-name;
c)
Location, direction of travel;
d)
Single European ship number or official ship number, at Seeschiffen IMO ship identification number and distinguishing signal;
e)
Load-bearing capacity;
f)
Length and Width of the Vehicle;
g)
Tape Type, Length and Width;
h)
Fahrtroute;
i)
Beladehafen;
j)
unload port;
k)
for dangerous goods by ADN:
aa)
the UN number or fabric number,
bb)
the official designation for the promotion, if applicable supplemented by the technical designation,
cc)
the class, the classification code and, if applicable, the packaging group,
dd)
the total amount of dangerous goods for which this information applies;
k1)
for other goods as dangerous goods: the type of cargo (fabric name, Quantity);
l)
Number of blue lights/blue cones guided;
m)
number of vessels on board. persons.
On the special request of the "Kanzem Schleuse" radio station the ship's guide shall provide information on the draught of the vehicle, the association or the special transport carried out by him in accordance with § 1.21. The limitation of the route which is subject to reporting is indicated by the Table Signs B.11 (Appendix 7) with an additional sign "Reporting obligation".
2.
Without prejudice to the The obligation referred to in the first and second sentences of paragraph 1 shall be that of a vehicle, a federation or a special transport pursuant to § 1.21, excluding the skipper of a ferry or a small vehicle, before entry into the notifiable the route on the Channel of the Nautical Information Centre, which is announced in the inland waterway handbook (Section 1.10 (1) (l)), to the radio station "Kanzem Schleuse" and the information referred to in point 1 (1) (a) to (g), and Add the following additional information:
a)
Beladage (leer/beladen);
b)
Expected arrival at the lock Kanzem (only Taldriver and if the message is delivered before reaching the reporting point).
On the special request of the "Kanzem Schleuse" radio station, the ship's guide has given details of the draught of the vehicle, association or special transport in accordance with § 1.21.
3.
The first sentence of point 1, except for points (c) and (m), and in point 2, except information concerning the draught of the vehicle, association or special transport according to § 1.21, information may also be provided by other bodies or persons in good time before the entry of the vehicle, association or special transport in accordance with § 1.21 into the in writing, by telephone or by electronic means of the radio station "Kanzem Schleuse". For a transport with a load of more than two dangerous goods, the notification must be made in writing or electronically. In any case, the ship's operator must report to the "Kanzem Schleuse" radio station if he enters the notifiable route with the vehicle, association or special transport he/she is carrying in accordance with § 1.21 and leaves it again.
4.
interrupts a vehicle, association or special transport in accordance with § 1.21 the journey within the notifiable route for more than two hours, the ship's guide must start and end the Interruption of the radio station "Kanzem Schleuse" report.
5.
Change the information according to number 1 during the journey in the notifiable route, the ship's guide must immediately communicate this to the "Kanzem Schleuse" radio station.
6.
A vehicle, an association or a special transport according to § 1.21, the one or the one full message in accordance with the first and second sentences of the first and second sentences of paragraph 1, and a vehicle, an association or a special transport pursuant to § 1.21, which has already issued a notification pursuant to section 9.05 of the Mosel Ship Transport Ordinance on the Mosel and into the Saar , the point of registration in front of the lock in the direction of travel, which is marked with Table Signs B.11 (Appendix 7) and a supplementary panel "Reporting obligation", shall only be required by the "Kanzem Schleuse" radio station as referred to in point 1. Repeat record 1 (a) to d.
unofficial table of contents

§ 20.16 height of bridges, other fixed superstructures, and overhead lines

The passage height under the bridges is at the highest shipping water level (HSW)-flood mark-
1.from the Saarmündung (km 0.00) to to the end of the upgraded route (km 87.20)at least 5.25 m,
2.from the Luisenbrücke (km 87,23) to the road bridge Güdingen (km 93.26)at least 4.90 m
unofficial table of contents

§ 20.17 Labelling of bridges and weir runs

(no special provisions) Non-official table of contents

§ 20.18 Transit of bridges, locking mechanisms,
weirs, locks and individual power lines

(no special Rules) Non-official table of contents

§ 20.19 Use of locks, boat locks and boating equipment

A vehicle of no more than The small ship lock must be used in Kanzem, Serrig, Mettlach and Rehlingen, at a length of 40,00 m and not more than 6.40 m wide. The control of the smuggling of the air can give a different instruction. unofficial table of contents

§ 20.20 sailing

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 20.21 name of vehicles

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 20.22 regulations on traffic

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 20.23 rules on voice radio

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 20.24 Special provisions for small vehicles

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 20.25 Waste water, canals, and individual waterways

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 20.26 Protection of channels and assets

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 20.27 shipping restrictions on shipping

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 20.28 usage of waterways

(no special regulations) unofficial table of contents

§ 20.29 ship guide's behavioral duties,
crew on board, owner, and outfitter

1.
The ship's guide and the person responsible for course and speed pursuant to § 1.03 (3) each
a)
ensure that
aa)
the vehicle or the association the authorized top speed according to § 20.04, point 1, also in Connection with point 2, not exceeding and
bb)
in a vehicle with a length of more than 110,00 m of the machine drive and the bow blasting installation according to § 20.02 Number 1, third sentence, half-sentence 2 shall not be used beyond the nautical necessary measure,
b)
the provisions on
aa)
the behavior or drawing of the counter in accordance with § 20.06 Number 1, 2 sentence 1, 3 and number 3,
bb)
turning according to § 20.08 sentence 1,
cc)
shipping in flood waters according to § 20.11 Number 1 and
dd)
use of the locks according to § 20.19 sentence 1, also in conjunction with sentence 2,
to adhere to or to ensure that they are being met.
2.
The ship's guide has
a)
to ensure that
aa)
the vehicle it is running or the association it is guided by the approved maximum dimensions after § 20.02 (1), first sentence (1),
bb)
on the vehicle or association it is guided in the case referred to in Section 20.02 (1), second sentence, the specified Equipment is available,
cc)
the vehicle it is running with a length of more than 110,00 m the requirements referred to in § 20.02 (1) sentence 3-section 1 ,
dd)
The proof of the safety of the separate parts of the ship pursuant to § 20.02 (1), second sentence, half-sentence 2 (b) on board, and in accordance with § 20.02 Point 1, sentence 4, at the request of the water protection police or the staff of the competent authority, for inspection, and
ee)
the special permit according to § 20.02 (1), fifth sentence, on board and, in accordance with section 20.02 (1), sentence 6, on request of the water protection police or the staff of the competent authority for control,
b)
the rules on
aa)
the Compilation of the associations according to § 20.03,
bb)
the anchorage according to § 20.09,
cc)
the Standstill according to § 20.10,
dd)
the use of carrier ship lighters according to § 20.14 sentence 1 and
ee)
the reporting requirement according to § 20.15, number 1, sentence 1, 2, number 2, 3 sentence 2 and 3 and number 4 to 6
to adhere to or to ensure that they are being met.
3.
The owner and the
a)
may only arrange or permit the putting into service of a vehicle or association, if
aa)
the vehicle or the association the approved maximum dimensions according to § 20.02 (1) sentence 1 does not exceed,
bb)
on the vehicle or association in the case referred to in § 20.02 (1) sentence 2, the equipment specified there is present and
cc)
the vehicle with a length of more than 110,00 m corresponds to the requirements referred to in § 20.02 (1) sentence 3 (1),
b)
each has to ensure that
aa)
the proof of the caustic safety of the separate parts of the ship according to § 20.02 Number 1 sentence 3 half-sentence 2 letter b and
bb)
the special permission according to § 20.02 number 1 sentence 5
carried on board

Chapter 21
Spree-Or-waterway,
Berliner and Brandenburger Waterways

A non-official table of contents

§ 21.01 Scope

The rules of this chapter apply to the following waterways:
1.
the Spree-Or-Wasserstraße (SOW) from the junction from the Havel-Oder-Waterway (HOW) near Spandau (SOW-km 0 ,15/HOW-km 0.13) to the Oder (SOW-km 130 ,17/Od-km 553,40) including Untere Spree, Berliner Spree, Treptower Spree, Dahme (Langer See), Oder-Spree-Kanal and Fürstenwalder Spree with Ruhlebener Altarm, Landwehrkanal, Spreekanal/Kupfergraben, Rummelsburger See, Müggelspree (MgS) from the entrance to the Spree-Oder-Wasserstraße near Köpenick (SOW-km 32,85) to MgS-km 11.85 including Giant Müggelsee, Kleiner Müggelsee, Benke and the Unterwasser des Wehres Large cabinets (MgS-km 44.85) to the junction from the Spree-Oder-Wasserstraße (MgS-km 45 ,10/SOW-km 69,05), Große Krampe, Wasserstraße Seddinsee and Gosener Kanal (WSG), Gosener Graben, Dehmsee-entrance to km 0,35, Drahendorfer Spree up to km 0,38, Kersdorfer See-driveway up to km 0,12, Neuhauser dining channel to the end of the lower Schleusenvorhafens Neuhaus (km 2,81), Klein Müllroser See up to the mouth of the hose (km 0,40), Brieskower Canal to km 0.55,
2.
the Berlin-Spandauer Schifffahrtskanal (BSK) from the turn-off from the Havel-Oder-waterway (Spandauer Havel, BSK-km 0 ,42/HOW-km 3,37) to the entrance into the Spree-Oder-Wasserstraße, Humboldthafen (BSK-km 12 ,20/SOW-km 14,52), with Westhafen connecting channel, Westhafenkanal nebst Charlottenburger interconnection channel (to the Spree),
3.
the Teltowkanal (TeK) from the junction from the Unteren Havel-Wasserstraße (Potsdamer Havel-km 28.37) to the entrance to the Spree-Oder-Wasserstraße (Dahme, TeK-km 37 ,84/SOW-km 35,12) including Glienicker Lake, Griebnitzsee and Kleinmachnower See with Griebnitzkanal (including Stölpchensee, Pohlesee and Kleiner Wannsee), Zehlendorfer Stichkanal, Britzer Connecting Channel (to the Spree),
4.
the Rüdersdorfer waters (RüG) from the mouth of the Gosener Canal (RüG-km-0,50/WSG-km 5.73) to Tasdorf (RüG-km 10,48) including Dämeritzsee, Flakensee, Kalksee, Stolpgraben, Hohler See and Strausberger Mühlenfletting, Channel Langerhanskanal including Kriensee with Löcknitz up to km 10,64 (including Werlsee, Peetzsee and Möllensee) and
5.
the Dahme-Wasserstraße (DaW) from the injunction to the Spree-Oder-Wasserstraße near Schmöckwitz (DaW-km 0 ,06/SOW-km 43,99) to above the entrance of the Teupitzer waters (DaW-km 26,04 at Prieros) including Zeuthener See, Sellenzugsee, Krimnicksee, Krüpelsee and Dolgensee with Wernsdorfer Sease to km 8,20 (including Großer Zug, Krossinsee and Wernsdorfer See, Möllenzugsee, Notte to km 0,99, Zernsdorfer Lanke), Storkower Waters (Langer See, Wolziger See, Storkower Kanal, Storkower See and Scharmützelsee), Teupitzer waters (Huschtesee, Schmöldesee, Hölzerner See, Klein Köriser See, Kleiner and Großer Moddersee, Schulzensee, Zemminsee, Schweriner See and Teupitzer
)
unofficial table of contents

§ 21.02 dimensions of vehicles and federations, depth of unloading

1.
A vehicle or an association must not exceed the following dimensions and depth:

Inland waterway road Length
m
Width
m
Abloading Depth
m
1.1Spree-Or-waterway
1.1.1km 0.15 (Spree) up to km 130,17 (Or)
a)vehicle67,008,25 2.00
b)Federation91,00 8, 252,00
 
unless something else is set below
1.1.2km 0.15 to km 6.61
a) Vehicle86,009,602,50
b)Verband125,009,60 2.50
1.1.3km 6.61 to km 20.70
a) vehicle80.009,002,00
b)Federation91,009,00 2.00
-from km 6.61 to km 9, 11 and from km 14.52 to km 20, 70 may be a vehicle with a length of more than 80.00 m and not more than 82,00 m and a width from more than 9,00 m and not more than 9,50 m, if it does not exceed a loading depth of 1.90 m and is equipped with an active bow control device-
1.1.4 km 20.70 to km 24,00
a)vehicle80.009,00 2.00
b)Verband 91, 00
125,00
9,00
8,25
2,10
2,10
-a vehicle with a length of more than 80.00 m and no more than 82,00 m and a width of more than 9,00 m and not more than 9,50 m may drive if it does not exceed a loading depth of 1.90 m and is equipped with an active bow control device-
1.1.5km 24,00 to km 44,00 
a)Vehicle80.00 9, 002,00
b) Verband125,00
156,00
9,00
8,25
2,10
2.10
-a vehicle with a Length of more than 80,00 m and not more than 82,00 m and a width of more than 9,00 m and not more than 9,50 m, if it does not exceed a loading depth of 1.90 m and is equipped with an active bow control -
1.1.6km 44.00 to km 121,50 
Federation125,00 8, 252,00
 125,009,001,85
1.1.7km 121.50 to km 127,50
a)vehicle82,00 9, 002,00
b) Federation91,009,002,00
125,009,00 1, 85
156.00 8, 252,00
156, 009,501,80
1.1.8km 127.50 to km 130,16
a)Vehicle82,00 11, 452,00
b) Verband91,0019,002,00
125,009,00 1, 85
156.00 8, 252,00
156, 009,501,80
1.1.9Ruhlebener Altarm
a)vehicle86,00 9, 602,50
b) Verband125,008,252,50
 
1.1.10Landwehrkanal
km 0,00 (Berliner Spree) to km 10.73 
Vehicle/Federation 49, 007,001,40
1.1.11Spreekanal/Kupfergraben
Vehicle/Federation30,00 5, 101,60
1.1.12 Rummelsburger See
a)vehicle80.009,50 2.00
b)Federation91,00 9,502,00
 156,008,252,00
1.1.13Müggelspree
1.1.13.1km 0,00 (Spree-Oder-Wasserstraße)
to km 11,85 (Dämeritzsee)
Vehicle/Federation67,008,251,70
unless otherwise set to something else 
1.1.13.2 km 0,00 (Spree-Or-Wasserstraße) to km 7,44
a)vehicle67,00 8, 251,75
b)Verband 100, 008,251,85
1.1.14Large Krampe
Vehicles/Association67,00 8, 251,50
1.1.15 Waterway Seddinsee and Gosener Channel
a)Vehicle67,008,25 2, 00
b)Verband 125, 008,252,00
1.1.16Gosener Graben 
Vehicle6,003,00 0,50
 
1.1.17Neuhauser dining channel
Vehicle/Federation41,605,201,30
  
1.1.18Small Waste Red Lake
Vehicle/Association50,00 8, 251,60
1.2 Berlin-Spandauer Schifffahrtskanal
1.2.1km 0,42 (Havel-Oder-Wasserstraße) to km 12,20 (Spree-Oder-waterway) including West port connection channel, Westhafenkanal, Charlottenburger Connect channel
a)Vehicle67,009,00 2, 00
b)Verband 91, 009,002,00
unless something else is set below
1.2.2km 0,42 (Havel-Oder-waterway) to km 7.45
a)Vehicle80.009,002,00
b)Verband125,00 9, 002,00
1.2.3km 8.30 to km 12.20 (Spree-Or-waterway)
 Vehicle80.009,002,00
-a vehicle with a length of more than 80,00 m and not more than 82,00 m and a width of more than 9,00 m and not more than 9,50 m may drive if it does not have a discharge depth of 1.90 m , and is equipped with an active bow control device-
1.2.4Westhafenkanal
a) Vehicle86,009,602,50
 b)Association125,009,60 2.50
1.2.5Charlottenburger Connection Channel
Vehicle80.009,002,00
 
1.3Teltowkanal
 
1.3.1km -0.55 (Potsdamer Havel) to km 37.84 (Spree-Or-waterway) including Britzer connection channel, without Griebnitzkanal 
a)Vehicle80.00 9, 001,75
b) Federation91,009,001,75
-from km 34.10 to km 37,84 may be a vehicle or a drawer with each a length of more than 80,00 m and not more than 82,00 m and a width of more than 9,00 m and not more than 9,50 m if it does not exceed a loading depth of 1.75 m and is equipped with an active bow control device -
unless otherwise set to something else 
1.3.2 km -0,55 (Potsdamer Havel) to km 34,10 including Britzer Connection Channel
a)vehicle80,00 9, 002,00
b) Federation91,009,002,00
 
-a vehicle or a drawer with a length of more than 80,00 m and not more than 82,00 m and a width of more than 82.00 m as 9,00 m and not more than 9,50 m, if it or it does not exceed a loading depth of 1.90 m and is equipped with an active bow control device-
1.3.3km 36,60 to km 37,84
Verband125,00 8, 251,75
1.3.4 Griebnitzkanal
Vehicles/Association41,006,501,30
1.4Rüdersdorfer waters
 
1.4.1 km -0,50 (entrance Gosener Kanal) to km 10,48 (Tasdorf) with runway channel Langerhanskanal
a)vehicle46,50 8, 251,20
b) Verband52,006,601,65
52,006,60 1, 65
unless otherwise specified below
 
1.4.2 km -0,50 (Go to Gosener Channel) to km 3,78
a)vehicle67,008,25 1, 85
b)Verband 91, 008,251,85
1.4.3 km 3.78 to km 9,85 with the Langerhans Channel link 
a)Vehicle67,00 8, 251,85
b) Federation91,008,251,85
 
1.4.4Löcknitz
Vehicle/Federation32,00 5, 251,25
1.5 Dahme-Waterway
 
1.5.1km 0,07 (Spree-Oder-Wasserstraße) to km 26,04 (above the injunction of the Teupitzer waters near Prieros)
a) Vehicle40,205,101,60
b)Association70.005,10 1, 60
unless otherwise specified below set
1.5.2km 0.00 to km 8.65
a)vehicle80,00 9, 002,10
b) Federation91,009,002,20
156.008,25 2, 20
-a vehicle with a length of more than 80.00 m, and Not more than 82,00 m and a width of more than 9,00 m and not more than 9,50 m, if it does not exceed a loading depth of 1.90 m and is equipped with an active bow control device-
1.5.3Möllenzugsee
a)vehicle 80, 009,002,00
b)Federation91,009,002,00
156.00 8, 252,00
-a A vehicle with a length of more than 80,00 m and not more than 82,00 m and a width of more than 9,00 m and not more than 9,50 m shall be allowed to drive if it does not exceed a discharge depth of 1.90 m and with an active bow control device equipped-
1.5.4km 8.65 to km 9,50
a) Vehicle50,008,251,60
b)Federation50,008,25 1, 60
82,00 5, 101,60
 
1.5.5 Wernsdorfer Sestring
km 0,00 (Dahme-Waterstraße) to km 6.27 (Oder-Spree channel)
Vehicle/Federation67,00 7, 001,50
1.5.6 Notte
a)vehicle80.009,00 2, 10
b)Federation91,00 9, 002,20
 156,008,252,20
1.5.7Zernsdorfer Lanke
Vehicles/Association40,20 5, 101,40
1.5.8 Storkower Waters
Vehicle/Federation34,255,201,40
1.5.9Teupitzer waters
 
1.5.9.1 km 0,00 (Dahme-Wasserstraße) to km 18,30 (end of Teupitzer waters) 
Vehicle/Federation 40, 205,101,40
unless something else is set below
1.5.9.2km 0.00 to km 6,60
Vehicle/Federation40,205,101,60.
  
2.
The dimensions and unloading depths as specified in paragraph 1 do not apply to the stitch and Old canals, side arms and other secondary waterways of the main waterways mentioned above, where these are not listed separately.
Non-official Table of Contents

§ 21.03 Compilation of Associations

1.
On a Channel Vehicles, other than small vehicles, only for towing a damaged vehicle, for a brief pick-up or with the permission of the competent authority.
2.
In a trawl, no more than three attachments are allowed to be set. The first sentence shall not apply to the towing of small vehicles.
3.
The towed trousers for the first appendix shall not exceed 60.00 m and the other towed trousers shall not be allowed to longer than the towed vehicle.
4.
By way of derogation from point 2, the competent authority may allow exceptions.
Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 21.04 Driving speed

1.The maximum permitted speed on the shore is for a vehicle or an association, except for small vehicles without machine drive, on
a)the Spree-Or-waterway from the Spreemündung (km 0.15) to the Oder (km 130,17)10 km/h,
b)the Landwehrkanal6 km/h, 
c)the Müggelspree
from the junction to the Spree-Oder waterway (km 0,00) to the West end of Lake Großer Müggelsee (km 4,00) and from the east end of Lake Großer Müggelsee (km 7,00) to the turn-off from the Daimeritzsee lake (km 11,38)10 km/h, 
d)the Berlin-Spandauer Schifffahrtskanal 
from the branch from the Havel-Oder-waterway (km 0.42) up to the floodgroup Plötzensee (km 7.45)10 km/h,
 e)the Glienicker Lake and the Griebnitzsee of the Teltow Channel10 km/h,
f)the Rüdersdorfer waters10 km/h,
g)the Löcknitz 10 km/h,
h)the Dahme-waterway10 km/h,
i) the Storkower waters10 km/h,
j)the Teupitzer waters10 km/h,
k)the rest of the channels10 km/h, 
l)a branch channel, a side arm, or an Altarm 5 km/h,
m)a lake or a sea-like extension, each with a watered width of more than 250.00 m12 km/h.
 
2.By way of derogation from point 1 (a), the maximum permitted speed is greater than the shore for a vehicle with a width of more than 8.25 m and a discharge depth of more than 1.75 m or for an association with a width of more than 8.25 m and a loading depth of more than 1,85 m from the Schleuse Wernsdorf (km 47,60) to Spreenhagen (km 62,50), from the Schleuse Kersdorf (km 89,70) to the Neuhauser dining channel branch (km 96,00) and from Schlaubehammer (km 108,00) to Schleuse Eisenhüttenstadt (km 127.30)6 km/h.
3.For the Dehmsee-driveway, the wire endorfer Spree and the Kersdorfer See driveway, the speed of the main line is valid.
4.By way of derogation from point 1 (l), the maximum permitted speed is on the shore on a lake or a sea-like extension, each with one Water width of more than 250,00 m for a sports car with machine drive outside the near-the-uferal protective strip
Set 1 does not apply to25 km/h
a)the Spree Oder waterway from the Langen Brücke in Köpenick (km 33,24) to the start of the regatta line (km 39,30),
b) The Müggelspree from km 4.00 to km 7.00 (Großer Müggelsee) outside of the marked driveway,
c)the Dahme-waterway from Smoke-Flower (km 3.80) to Dolgenbrodt (km 25,00) including Sellenzugsee, Krimnicksee, Lake Krüpelsee, Dolgensee with Wernsdorfer Secks, Möllenzugsee and Zernsdorfer Lanke.
A 100,00 m wide water surface running parallel to the shore line (land-water-junction) is available as the near-shore protection strip.
5.The competent authority may, by way of derogation from points 1 to 4, in individual cases for a passenger ship, the in accordance with a fixed timetable according to § 9.01, allow higher speeds for individual routes or for a special occasion for a passenger ship or a supervisory boat of a sports club or association, if this means that the condition and the The use of the waterway and the rest of the shipping traffic will not be affected by a fee.
6. The minimum speed to the shore is for a vehicle or an association, except for small vehicles,4 km/h.
unofficial table of contents

§ 21.05 Bergfahrt

As a mountain ride,
on the, the, or the driving in the direction
Spree-Or-WaterwayOr
Landwehrkanal Oberschleuse
SpreekanalMühlendammschleuse
Müggelspree Dämeritzsee
Seddinsee waterway and Gosener canalDämeritzsee
Gosener GrabenDämeritzsee
Neuhauser dining channelObere Spree
Berlin-Spandauer Schifffahrtskanal
von Havel-Oder-Wasserstraße bis Schleusengruppe Plötzensee
Havel-Oder-Wasserstraße
Berlin-Spandauer Schifffahrtskanal
von Schleusengruppe Plötzensee bis Spree-Oder-Wasserstraße
Spree-Oder-Wasserstraße
Westhafen connecting channelWesthafen
Westhafen channelWesthafen
Charlottenburger Connection ChannelSpree-Or-Wasserstraße
Teltowkanal Spree-Or-waterway
GriebnitzkanalGroßer Wannsee
Britzer Connection channelSpree-Or-waterway
Rüdersdorfer waters, except Löcknitz Stienitzsee/Krienhafen
Löcknitz